staf-10kt_20161231.htm

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K/T

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended __________

or

TRANSITION REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from June 1, 2016 to December 31, 2016

COMMISSION FILE NUMBER: 001-37575

 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Nevada

 

68-0680859

(State of incorporation)

 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification)

641 Lexington Avenue

27th Floor

New York, New York 10022

(Address of principal executive offices)

(646) 507-5710

(Registrant’s telephone number)

Securities registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:  Common Stock, par value $0.00001.

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None.

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (Section 232.405 of the chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K/T or any amendment to this Form 10-K/T.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act: (Check one)

 

Large accelerated filer

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

Smaller reporting company

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the act):    Yes      No  

As of June 30, 2016, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $9,587,626 based on the closing price (last sale of the day) for the registrant’s common stock on the Nasdaq exchange on June 30, 2016 of $1.58 per share.

As of April 12, 2017, 14,498,979 shares of common stock, $0.00001 par value, were outstanding.

 

 

 

 

 


 

Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

PAGE

 

PART I

 

4

ITEM 1.

Business

 

4

ITEM 1A.

Risk Factors

 

6

ITEM 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

 

15

ITEM 2.

Properties

 

15

ITEM 3.

Legal Proceedings

 

15

ITEM 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

PART II

 

17

ITEM 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

17

ITEM 6.

Selected Financial Data

 

17

ITEM 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

18

ITEM 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

34

ITEM 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

35

ITEM 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

35

ITEM 9A.

Controls and Procedures

 

35

ITEM 9B.

Other Information

 

36

 

 

 

 

 

PART III

 

37

ITEM 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

37

ITEM 11.

Executive Compensation

 

41

ITEM 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

46

ITEM 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 

52

ITEM 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

 

52

 

 

 

 

 

PART IV

 

54

ITEM 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

 

54

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

60

 

 

2


 

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report, including Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, on Form 10-K/T (“Annual Report”) contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements that address expectations or projections about the future, including, but not limited to, statements about our plans, strategies, adequacy of resources and future financial results (such as revenue, gross profit, operating profit, cash flow), are forward-looking statements. Some of the forward-looking statements can be identified by words like “anticipates,” “believes,” “expects,” “may,” “will,” “could,” “should,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates,” “goal,” “target,” “possible,” “potential” and similar references to future periods. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. Because these forward-looking statements are based on estimates and assumptions that are subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control or are subject to change, actual outcomes and results may differ materially from what is expressed or forecasted in these forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from these forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to: weakness in general economic conditions and levels of capital spending by customers in the industries we serve; weakness or volatility in the financial and capital markets, which may result in the postponement or cancellation of our customers' capital projects or the inability of our customers to pay our fees; the termination of a major customer contract or project; delays or reductions in U.S. government spending; credit risks associated with our customers; competitive market pressures; the availability and cost of qualified labor; our level of success in attracting, training and retaining qualified management personnel and other staff employees; changes in tax laws and other government regulations, including the impact of health care reform laws and regulations; the possibility of incurring liability for our business activities, including, but not limited to, the activities of our temporary employees; our performance on customer contracts; negative outcome of pending and future claims and litigation; government policies, legislation or judicial decisions adverse to our businesses; potential cost overruns and possible rejection of our business model and/or sales methods; our ability to access the capital markets by pursuing additional debt and equity financing to fund our business plan and expenses on terms acceptable to us or at all; and our ability to comply with our contractual covenants, including in respect of our debt. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof. We assume no obligation to update such statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law. We recommend readers to carefully review the entirety of this Annual Report, including the “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this Annual Report and the other reports and documents we file from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), particularly our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and our Current Reports on Form 8-K.

As used in this Annual Report, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “Staffing 360” and the “Company” mean Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. and its subsidiaries, unless otherwise indicated. All dollar amounts in this Annual Report are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, unless otherwise indicated.

The disclosures set forth in this report should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and notes thereto for the transition period ended December 31, 2016.

 

 

3


 

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

General

Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. (“we,” “us,” “our,” “Staffing 360,” or the “Company”) was incorporated in the State of Nevada on December 22, 2009, as Golden Fork Corporation, which changed its name to Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., ticker symbol “STAF”, on March 16, 2012. As a rapidly growing public company in the international staffing sector, our high-growth business model is based on finding and acquiring, suitable, mature, profitable, operating, domestic and international staffing companies. Our targeted consolidation model is focused specifically on the accounting and finance, information technology (“IT”), engineering, administration and light industrial disciplines.

All amounts in this Annual Report are expressed in thousands, except share and per share amounts, or unless otherwise indicated.

Change of Year End

On February 28, 2017, the board of directors (the “Board”) approved the change of the Company’s fiscal year end from May 31 to a 52-53 week year ending on the Saturday closest to the 31st of December, effective December 31, 2016. This transition report on Form 10-K/T reports our financial results for the period from June 1, 2016 through December 31, 2016, which we refer to as the “Transition Period” in this report. Following the Transition Period, we will file annual reports for each twelve month period ended the Saturday closest to December 31 of each year beginning with December 31, 2017.

Business Model and Acquisitions

We are a high-growth international staffing company engaged in the acquisition of United States (“U.S.”) and United Kingdom (“U.K.”) based staffing companies. As part of our consolidation model, we pursue a broad spectrum of staffing companies supporting primarily the accounting and finance, IT, engineering, administration (collectively, the “Professional Sector”) and light industrial (“Light Industrial Sector”) disciplines. Our typical acquisition model is based on paying consideration in the form of cash, stock, earn-outs and/or promissory notes. In furthering our business model, the Company is regularly in discussions and negotiations with various suitable, mature acquisition targets. To date, we have completed six acquisitions that are more fully described in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Operating History

The Company generated revenue of $109.4 million, $165.6 million, $128.8 million and $41.2 million for the Transition Period, fiscal years ended May 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. This growth has been achieved primarily through acquisitions, while operations continued to grow organically 11.1% during the transition period and, on average, grew 8.8% between the fiscal years ended May, 31 2014 and 2016.

Industry Background

The staffing industry is divided into three major segments: temporary staffing services, professional employer organizations (“PEOs”) and placement agencies. Temporary staffing services provide workers for limited periods, often to substitute for absent permanent workers or to help during periods of peak demand. These workers, who are often employees of the temporary staffing agency, will generally fill clerical, technical, or industrial positions. PEOs, sometimes referred to as employee leasing agencies, contract to provide workers to customers for specific functions, often related to human resource management. In many cases, a customer’s employees are hired by a PEO and then contracted back to the customer. Placement agencies, sometimes referred to as executive recruiters or headhunters, find workers to fill permanent positions at customer companies. These agencies may specialize in placing senior managers, mid-level managers, technical workers, or clerical and other support workers.

The Company considers itself a temporary staffing company within the broader staffing industry. However, the Company provides permanent placements at the request of existing clients and some consulting services.

Staffing companies identify potential candidates through online advertising and referrals, and interview, test and counsel workers before sending them to the customer for approval. Pre-employment screening can include skills assessment, drug tests and criminal background checks. The personnel staffing industry has been radically changed by the internet. Many employers list available positions with one or several internet personnel sites like www.monster.com or www.careerbuilder.com, and on their own sites. Personnel agencies operate their own sites and often still work as intermediaries by helping employers accurately describe job openings and by screening candidates who submit applications.

4


 

Major end-use customers include businesses from a wide range of industries such as manufacturing, construction, wholesale and retail. Marketing involves direct sales presentations, referrals from existing clients and advertising. Agencies compete both for customers and workers. Depending on market supply and demand at any given time, agencies may allocate more resources either to finding potential employers or potential workers. Permanent placement agencies work either on a retained or on a contingency basis. Clients may retain an agency for a specific job search or on contract for a specific period. Temporary staffing services charge customers a fixed price per hour or a standard markup on prevailing hourly rates.

For many staffing companies, demand is lower late in the fourth calendar quarter and early in the first calendar quarter, partly because of holidays, and higher during the rest of the year. Staffing companies may have high receivables from customers. Temporary staffing agencies and PEOs must manage a high cash flow because they funnel payroll payments from employers. Cash flow imbalances also occur because agencies must pay workers even though they haven't been paid by clients.

The revenue of staffing companies depends on the number of jobs they fill, which in turn can depend upon the economic environment. During economic slowdowns, many client companies stop hiring altogether. Internet employment sites expand a company’s ability to find workers without the help of traditional agencies. Staffing companies often work as intermediaries, helping employers accurately describe job openings and screen candidates. Increasing the use of sophisticated, automated job description and candidate screening tools could make many traditional functions of personnel agencies obsolete. Free social networking sites such as LinkedIn and Facebook are also becoming a common way for recruiters and employees to connect without the assistance of a staffing agency.

To avoid large placement agency fees, big companies may use in-house personnel staff, current employee referrals, or human resources consulting companies to find and hire new personnel. Because placement agencies typically charge a fee based on a percentage of the first year's salary of a new worker, companies with many jobs to fill have a financial incentive to avoid agencies.

Many staffing companies are small and may depend heavily on a few big customers for a large portion of revenue. Large customers may lead to increased revenue, but also expose agencies to higher risks. When major accounts experience financial hardships, and have less need for temporary employment services, agencies stand to lose large portions of revenue.

The loss of a staff member who handles a large volume of business may result in a large loss of revenue for a staffing company. Individual staff members, rather than the staffing company itself, usually develop strong relationships with customers. Staff members who move to another staffing company are often able to move customers with them.

Some of the best opportunities for temporary employment are in industries traditionally active in seasonal cycles, such as manufacturing, construction, wholesale and retail. However, seasonal demand for workers creates cash flow fluctuations throughout the year.

Staffing companies are regulated by the U.S. Department of Labor (“DOL”) and the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (“EEOC”), and often by state authorities. Many federal anti-discrimination rules regulate the type of information that employment firms can request from candidates or provide to customers about candidates. In addition, the relationship between the agency and the temporary employees, or employee candidates may not always be clear, resulting in legal and regulatory uncertainty. PEOs are often considered co-employers along with the client, but the PEO is responsible for employee wages, taxes and benefits. State regulation aims to ensure that PEOs provide the benefits they promise to workers.

Trends in the Staffing Business

Start-up costs for a staffing company are very low. Individual offices can be profitable, but consolidation is driven mainly by the opportunity for large agencies to develop national relationships with big customers. Some agencies expand by starting new offices in promising markets, but most prefer to buy existing independent offices with proven staff and an existing customer roster.

At some companies, temporary workers have become such a large part of the workforce that staffing company employees sometimes work at the customer's site to recruit, train, and manage temporary employees. The Company has a number of onsite relationships with its customers. Staffing companies try to match the best qualified employees for the customer's needs, but often provide additional training specific to that company, such as instruction in the use of proprietary software.

Some personnel consulting firms and human resource departments are increasingly using psychological tests to evaluate potential job candidates. Psychological or liability testing has gained popularity, in part, due to recent fraud scandals. In addition to stiffer background checks, headhunters often check the credit history of prospective employees.

We believe the trends of outsourcing entire departments and dependence on temporary and leased workers will expand opportunities for staffing companies. Taking advantage of their expertise in assessing worker capabilities, some staffing companies manage their

5


 

clients’ entire human resource functions. Human resources outsourcing (“HRO”) may include management of payroll, tax filings, and benefit administration services. HRO may also include recruitment process outsourcing (“RPO”), whereby an agency manages all recruitment activities for a client.

New online technology is improving staffing efficiency. For example, some online applications coordinate workflow for staffing agencies, their clients and temporary workers, and allow agencies and customers to share work order requests, submit and track candidates, approve timesheets and expenses, and run reports. Interaction between candidates and potential employers is increasingly being handled online.

Initially viewed as rivals, some Internet job-search companies and traditional employment agencies are now collaborating. While some Internet sites do not allow agencies to use their services to post jobs or look through resumes, others find that agencies are their biggest customers, earning the sites a large percentage of their revenue. Some staffing companies contract to help client employers find workers online.

Competition

The Company’s staffing divisions face competition in attracting clients as well as temporary candidates. The staffing industry is highly competitive, with a number of firms offering services similar to those provided by the Company on a national, regional or local basis. In many areas, the local staffing companies are our strongest competitors. The most significant competitive factors in the staffing business are price and reliability of service. The Company believes its competitive advantage stems from its experience in niche markets, and commitment to the specialized employment market, along with its growing global presence.

The staffing industry is characterized by a large number of competing companies in a fragmented sector. Major competitors also exist across the sector, but as the industry affords low barriers to entry, new entrants are constantly introduced to the marketplace.

The top layer of competitors includes large corporate staffing and employment companies which have yearly revenue of $75 million or more. The next (middle) layer of the competition consists of medium-sized entities with yearly revenue of $10 million or more. The largest portion of the marketplace is the bottom layer of this competitive landscape consisting of small, individual-sized or family-run operations. As barriers to entry are low, sole proprietors, partnerships and small entities routinely enter the industry.

Employees

The Company employs approximately 200 full-time employees as part of our internal operations. Additionally, the Company employs more than 4,300 individuals that are placed directly with our clients through our various operating subsidiaries.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS.

There are numerous and varied risks that may prevent us from achieving our goals, including those described below. You should carefully consider the risks described below and the other information included in this Form 10-K/T, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes. Our business, financial condition, and results of operations, could be harmed by any of the following risks. If any of the events or circumstances described below were to occur, our business, the financial condition and the results of operations could be materially adversely affected. As a result, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and investors could lose part or all of their investment. The risks below are not the only risks we face. Additional risks not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial may also adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We have incurred significant losses since our inception and anticipate that we will incur continued losses for the next several years and thus may never achieve or maintain profitability.

We anticipate that we will incur operating losses for the foreseeable future. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with the staffing industry, we are unable to predict the extent of any future losses or when we will become profitable, if at all.  Expected future operating losses will have an adverse effect on our cash resources, stockholders’ equity and working capital.

Our failure to become and remain profitable could depress the value of our stock and impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business, maintain our development efforts, diversify our portfolio of staffing companies, or continue our operations. A decline in our value could also cause you to lose all or part of your investment.

6


 

We have significant debt that could adversely affect our financial health and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations or put us at a competitive disadvantage.

Our level of debt and the limitations imposed on us by our lenders could have a material impact on investors, including the requirement to use a portion of our cash flow from operations for debt service rather than for our operations and the need to comply with the various covenants associated with such debt. Additionally, we may not be able to obtain additional debt financing for future working capital, capital expenditures or other corporate purposes or may have to pay more for such financing. We could also be less able to take advantage of significant business opportunities, such as acquisition opportunities, and to react to changes in market or industry conditions, or we may be disadvantaged compared to competitors with less leverage.

Our debt instruments contain covenants that could limit our financing options and liquidity position, which would limit our ability to grow our business.

Covenants in our debt instruments impose operating and financial restrictions on us. These restrictions prohibit or limit our ability to, among other things:

 

pay cash dividends to our stockholders;

 

redeem or repurchase our common stock or other equity;

 

incur additional indebtedness;

 

permit liens on assets;

 

make certain investments (including through the acquisition of stock, shares, partnership or limited liability company interests, any loan, advance or capital contribution);

 

sell, lease, license, lend or otherwise convey an interest in a material portion of our assets; and

 

cease making public filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Our failure to comply with the restrictions in our debt instruments could result in an event of default, which, if not cured or waived, could result in us being required to repay these borrowings before their due date. The lenders may require fees and expenses to be paid or other changes to terms in connection with waivers or amendments. If we are forced to refinance these borrowings on less favorable terms, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected by increased costs and rates.

In addition, these restrictions may limit our ability to obtain additional financing, withstand downturns in our business or take advantage of business opportunities. Moreover, additional debt financing we may seek, if permitted, may contain terms that include more restrictive covenants, may require repayment on an accelerated schedule or may impose other obligations that limit our ability to grow our business, acquire needed assets, or take other actions we might otherwise consider appropriate or desirable.

The exercise of our current debt instruments could be highly dilutive to the holdings of our existing stockholders.

Certain of our current debt instruments are highly dilutive.  The number of shares of our common stock that may be issued pursuant to the conversion premiums in such debt instruments and if we elect to pay such dividends in shares may be significant, but cannot be determined at this time because the applicable calculations are based on our stock price during a period surrounding the date of the conversion.  The exercise of our existing outstanding dilutive Common Stock equivalents, which are exercisable for or convertible into shares of our Common Stock, would dilute the proportionate ownership and voting power of existing stockholders and may cause the market price for our common stock to decline.

We have significant working capital needs and if we are unable to satisfy those needs from cash generated from our operations or borrowings under our debt instruments, we may not be able to continue our operations.

We require significant amounts of working capital to operate our business. We often have high receivables from our customers, and as a staffing company, we are prone to cash flow imbalances because we funnel payroll payments from employers to temporary workers. Cash flow imbalances also occur because we must pay temporary workers even when we have not been paid by our customers. If we experience a significant and sustained drop in operating profits, or if there are unanticipated reductions in cash inflows or increases in cash outlays, we may be subject to cash shortfalls. If such a shortfall were to occur for even a brief period of time, it may have a significant adverse effect on our business. In particular, we use working capital to pay expenses relating to our temporary workers and to satisfy our workers’ compensation liabilities. As a result, we must maintain sufficient cash availability to pay temporary workers and fund related tax liabilities prior to receiving payment from customers.

7


 

In addition, our operating results tend be unpredictable from quarter to quarter.  Demand for our services is typically lower during traditional national vacation periods in the United States and United Kingdom when customers and candidates are on vacation.  No single quarter is predictive of results from future periods. Any extended period of time with low operating results or cash flow imbalances could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.    

We derive working capital for our operations through cash generated by our operating activities and borrowings under our debt instruments. We believe that our current sources of capital are adequate to meet our working capital needs. However, our available sources of capital are limited. If our working capital needs increase in the future, we may be forced to seek additional sources of capital, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms. The amount we are entitled to borrow under our debt instruments is calculated monthly based on the aggregate value of certain eligible trade accounts receivable generated from our operations, which are affected by financial, business, economic and other factors, as well as by the daily timing of cash collections and cash outflows. The aggregate value of our eligible accounts receivable may not be adequate to allow for borrowings for other corporate purposes, such as capital expenditures or growth opportunities, which could reduce our ability to react to changes in the market or industry conditions.

We will need to raise additional capital to meet our business requirements in the future, which is likely to be challenging, could be highly dilutive and may cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

As of December 31, 2016, the Company had a working capital deficiency of $15,091, an accumulated deficit of $47,847, for the seven months ended December 31, 2016 a net loss of $3,610, and, as of the date these financial statements are issued, the Company has approximately $4,377 associated debt and other amortizing obligations, due in the next 12 months.  As a result of our recent financings, we believe that we will be able to fund our operations, implement our business plan and pursue the acquisition of broad spectrum staffing companies through the next twelve months. However, we will need to raise additional capital to pursue growth opportunities, improve our infrastructure, finance our operations and otherwise make investments in assets and personnel that will allow us to remain competitive. Additional capital would be used to accomplish the following:

 

financing our current operating expenses;

 

pursuing growth opportunities;

 

making capital improvements to improve our infrastructure;

 

hiring and retaining qualified management and key employees;

 

responding to competitive pressures;

 

complying with regulatory requirements; and

 

maintaining compliance with applicable laws.

To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of those securities could result in substantial dilution for our current stockholders. The terms of any securities issued by us in future capital transactions may be more favorable to new investors, and may include preferences, superior voting rights and the issuance of warrants or other derivative securities, which may have a further dilutive effect on the holders of any of our securities then-outstanding. We may issue additional shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common stock in connection with hiring or retaining personnel, option or warrant exercises, future acquisitions or future placements of our securities for capital-raising or other business purposes. The issuance of additional securities, whether equity or debt, by us, or the possibility of such issuance, may cause the market price of our common stock to decline further and existing stockholders may not agree with our financing plans or the terms of such financings.

In addition, we may incur substantial costs in pursuing future capital financing, including investment banking fees, legal fees, accounting fees, securities law compliance fees, printing and distribution expenses and other costs. We may also be required to recognize non-cash expenses in connection with certain securities we issue, such as convertible notes and warrants, which may adversely impact our financial condition.

Furthermore, any additional debt or equity financing that we may need may not be available on terms favorable to us, or at all. If we are unable to obtain such additional financing on a timely basis, we may have to curtail our development activities and growth plans and/or be forced to sell assets, perhaps on unfavorable terms, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, and ultimately could be forced to discontinue our operations and liquidate, in which event it is unlikely that stockholders would receive any distribution on their shares. Further, we may not be able to continue operating if we do not generate sufficient revenues from operations needed to stay in business.

8


 

A more active, liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop, and the price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly.

Although our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market, it has only been traded on the NASDAQ Capital Market since September 29, 2015, when our common stock uplisted to the national exchange.  Before that time, our common stock was traded on the OTCBB tier of the over-the-counter securities market run by FINRA, as well as OTCQB run by OTC Markets, and it first began trading on February 15, 2013.  Historically, the market price of our common stock has fluctuated over a wide range. Between our stock split occurring on September 17, 2015 and March 7, 2017, our common stock traded in a range from $0.54 to $7.74 per share. There has been relatively limited trading volume in the market for our common stock, and a more active, liquid public trading market may not develop or may not be sustained. In addition, on January 25, 2017, we received a letter from the Listing Qualifications Department of the NASDAQ Capital Market notifying us that, based upon the closing bid price of our common stock for the previous 30 consecutive business days, the common stock did not meet the minimum bid price of $1.00 per share required by NASDAQ Listing Rule 5550(a)(2), initiating an automatic 180 calendar-day grace period for us to regain compliance.

Limited liquidity in the trading market for our common stock may adversely affect a stockholder's ability to sell its shares of common stock at the time it wishes to sell them or at a price that it considers acceptable. If a more active, liquid public trading market does not develop, or if our shares are delisted from the NASDAQ Capital Market, we may be limited in our ability to raise capital by selling shares of common stock and our ability to acquire other companies or assets by using shares of our common stock as consideration. In addition, if there is a thin trading market or "float" for our stock, the market price for our common stock may fluctuate significantly more than the stock market as a whole. Without a large float, our common stock would be less liquid than the stock of companies with broader public ownership and, as a result, the trading prices of our common stock may be more volatile and it would be harder for a stockholder to liquidate any investment in our common stock. Furthermore, the stock market is subject to significant price and volume fluctuations, and the price of our common stock could fluctuate widely in response to several factors, including:

 

our quarterly or annual operating results;

 

changes in our earnings estimates;

 

investment recommendations by securities analysts following our business or our industry;

 

additions or departures of key personnel;

 

changes in the business, earnings estimates or market perceptions of our competitors;

 

our failure to achieve operating results consistent with securities analysts' projections;

 

changes in industry, general market or economic conditions; and

 

announcements of legislative or regulatory changes.

The stock market has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations in recent years that have significantly affected the quoted prices of the securities of many companies, including companies in the staffing industry. The changes often appear to occur without regard to specific operating performance. The price of our common stock could fluctuate based upon factors that have little or nothing to do with us and these fluctuations could materially reduce our stock price.

An investment in our common stock should be considered illiquid and high risk.

An investment in our common stock requires a long-term commitment, with no certainty of return. Because we did not become a public reporting company by the traditional means of conducting an underwritten initial public offering of our common stock, we may be unable to establish a liquid market for our common stock. In addition, investment banks may be less likely to agree to underwrite primary or secondary offerings on our behalf or our stockholders in the future than they would if we had become a public reporting company by means of an underwritten initial public offering of common stock. If all or any of the foregoing risks occur, it would have a material adverse effect on us.

The United States Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, sales practice requirements may also limit your ability to buy and sell our common stock, which could depress the price of our shares.  FINRA rules require broker-dealers to have reasonable grounds for believing that an investment is suitable for a customer before recommending that investment to the customer. Prior to recommending speculative low-priced securities to their non-institutional customers, broker-dealers must make reasonable efforts to obtain information about the customer’s financial status, tax status and investment objectives, among other things. Under interpretations of these rules, FINRA believes that there is a high probability such speculative low-priced securities will not be suitable for at least some customers. Thus, FINRA requirements make it more difficult for broker-dealers to recommend that their customers buy our common stock, which may limit your ability to buy and sell our shares, have an adverse effect on the market for our shares, and thereby depress our share price.

9


 

There are inherent limitations in all control systems, and misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

The ongoing internal control provisions of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 require us to identify material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting, which is a process to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Our management, including our Executive Chairman and Chief Financial Officer, does not expect that our internal controls and disclosure controls will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. In addition, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and the benefit of controls must be relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, in our company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple errors or mistakes. Further, controls can be circumvented by individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more persons, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls is also based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving our stated goals under all potential future conditions. Over time, a control may be inadequate because of changes in conditions, such as growth of the company or increased transaction volume, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

In addition, discovery and disclosure of a material weakness, by definition, could have a material adverse impact on our financial statements. Such an occurrence could discourage certain customers or suppliers from doing business with us, cause downgrades in our future debt ratings leading to higher borrowing costs and affect how our stock trades. This could, in turn, negatively affect our ability to access public debt or equity markets for capital.

We face risks associated with litigation and claims.

We are a party to certain legal proceedings that are currently pending, including NewCSI, Inc. vs. Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. and Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. v. Former Officers of Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., as further described in this Form 10-K/T.  In addition, from time to time, we may become involved in various claims, disputes and legal or regulatory proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business and relate to contractual and other obligations. Due to the uncertainties of litigation, we can give no assurance that we will prevail on any claims made against us in any such lawsuit. Also, we can give no assurance that any other lawsuits or claims brought in the future will not have an adverse effect on our financial condition, liquidity or operating results. Adverse outcomes in some or all of these claims may result in significant monetary damages that could adversely affect our ability to conduct our business.

The potential U.K. exit from the European Union as a result of the U.K. triggering Article 50 of the Treaty on European Union could harm our business, financial condition or results of operations.

On March 29, 2017, the U.K. triggered Article 50 of the Treaty on European Union by notifying the European Council of its intention to withdraw from the European Union (commonly referred to as the “Brexit”). Negotiations have commenced to determine the future terms of the U.K.’s relationship with the European Union, including the terms of trade between the U.K. and the European Union. The effects of Brexit will depend on any agreements the U.K. makes to retain access to European Union markets either during a transitional period or more permanently. Brexit could lead to legal uncertainty and potentially divergent national laws and regulations as the U.K. determines which European Union laws to replace or replicate.

The announcement of Brexit also created (and the actual exit of the U.K. from the European Union may create future) global economic uncertainty. The actual exit of the U.K. from the European Union could cause disruptions to and create uncertainty surrounding our business. Any of these effects of Brexit (and the announcement thereof), and others we cannot anticipate, could harm our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our revenue may be adversely affected by fluctuations in currency exchange rates.

A significant portion of our expenditures are expected to be derived or spent in British pounds. However, we report our financial condition and results of operations in U.S. dollars. As a result, fluctuations between the U.S. dollar and the British pound will impact the amount of our revenues and net income. For example, if the British pound appreciates relative to the U.S. dollar, the fluctuation will result in a positive impact on the revenues that we report. However, if the British pound depreciates relative to the U.S. dollar, which was the case during 2016, there will be a negative impact on the revenues we report due to such fluctuation. It is possible that the impact of currency fluctuations will result in a decrease in reported consolidated sales even though we may have experienced an

10


 

increase in sales transacted in the British pound. Conversely, the impact of currency fluctuations may result in an increase in reported consolidated sales despite declining sales transacted in the British pound. The exchange rate from the U.S. dollar to the British pound has fluctuated substantially in the past and may continue to do so in the future. Though we may choose to hedge our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate changes in the future, there is no guarantee such hedging, if undertaken, will be successful.

We depend on attracting, integrating, managing, and retaining qualified personnel.

Our success is substantially dependent upon our ability to attract, integrate, manage and retain personnel who possess the skills and experience necessary to fulfill our customers’ needs. Our ability to hire and retain qualified personnel could be impaired by any diminution of our reputation, decrease in compensation levels relative to our competitors or modifications to our total compensation philosophy or competitor hiring programs. If we cannot attract, hire and retain qualified personnel, our business, financial condition and results of operations may suffer. Our future success also depends upon our ability to manage the performance of our personnel. Failure to successfully manage the performance of our personnel could affect our profitability by causing operating inefficiencies that could increase operating expenses and reduce operating income.

We depend on our ability to attract and retain qualified temporary workers.

In addition to the members of our own team, our success is substantially dependent on our ability to recruit and retain qualified temporary workers who possess the skills and experience necessary to meet the staffing requirements of our customers. We are required to continually evaluate our base of available qualified personnel to keep pace with changing customer needs. Competition for individuals with proven professional skills is intense, and demand for these individuals is expected to remain strong for the foreseeable future. There can be no assurance that qualified personnel will continue to be available.

Our revenue can vary because our customers can terminate their relationship with us at any time with limited or no penalty.

We focus on providing mid-level professional and light industrial personnel on a temporary assignment-by-assignment basis, which customers can generally terminate at any time or reduce their level of use when compared to prior periods. To avoid large placement agency fees, large companies may use in-house personnel staff, current employee referrals, or human resources consulting companies to find and hire new personnel. Because placement agencies typically charge a fee based on a percentage of the first year’s salary of a new worker, companies with many jobs to fill have a large financial incentive to avoid agencies.

Our business is also significantly affected by our customers’ hiring needs and their views of their future prospects. Our customers may, on very short notice, terminate, reduce or postpone their recruiting assignments with us and, therefore, affect demand for our services. As a result, a significant number of our customers can terminate their agreements with us at any time, making us particularly vulnerable to a significant decrease in revenue within a short period of time that could be difficult to quickly replace. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.  

If we are unable to retain existing customers or attract new customers, our results of operations could suffer.

Increasing the growth and profitability of our business is particularly dependent upon our ability to retain existing customers and capture additional customers. Our ability to do so is dependent upon our ability to provide high quality services and offer competitive prices. If we are unable to execute these tasks effectively, we may not be able to attract a significant number of new customers and our existing customer base could decrease, either or both of which could have an adverse impact on our revenues.

We operate in an intensely competitive and rapidly changing business environment, and there is a substantial risk that our services could become obsolete or uncompetitive.

The markets for our services are highly competitive. Our markets are characterized by pressures to provide high levels of service, incorporate new capabilities and technologies, accelerate job completion schedules and reduce prices. Furthermore, we face competition from a number of sources, including other executive search firms and professional search, staffing and consulting firms. Several of our competitors have greater financial and marketing resources than we do.  New and existing competitors are aided by technology, and the market has low barriers to entry.  Furthermore, Internet employment sites expand a company’s ability to find workers without the help of traditional agencies. Personnel agencies often work as intermediaries, helping employers accurately describe job openings and screen candidates. Increasing the use of sophisticated, automated job description and candidate screening tools could make many traditional functions of staffing companies obsolete. Specifically, the increased use of the internet may attract technology-oriented companies to the professional staffing industry. Free social networking sites such as LinkedIn and Facebook are also becoming a common way for recruiters and employees to connect without the assistance of a staffing company.

11


 

Our future success will depend largely upon our ability to anticipate and keep pace with those developments and advances. Current or future competitors could develop alternative capabilities and technologies that are more effective, easier to use or more economical than our services. In addition, we believe that, with continuing development and increased availability of information technology, the industries in which we compete may attract new competitors. If our capabilities and technologies become obsolete or uncompetitive, our related sales and revenue would decrease. Due to competition, we may experience reduced margins on our services, loss of market share, and loss of customers. If we are not able to compete effectively with current or future competitors as a result of these and other factors, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Our operations may be affected by global economic fluctuations.

Customers’ demand for our services may fluctuate widely with changes in economic conditions in the markets in which we operate. Those conditions include slower employment growth or reductions in employment, which directly impact our service offerings. As a staffing company, our revenue depends on the number of jobs we fill, which in turn depends on economic growth. During economic slowdowns, many customer companies stop hiring altogether. For example, in prior economic downturns, many employers in our operating regions reduced their overall workforce to reflect the slowing demand for their products and services. We may face lower demand and increased pricing pressures during these periods, which this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We could be adversely affected by risks associated with acquisitions and joint ventures.

We are engaged in the acquisition of U.S. and U.K. based staffing companies, and our typical acquisition model is based on paying consideration in the form of cash, stock, earn-outs and/or promissory notes.  To date, we have completed six acquisitions.  We intend to expand our business through acquisitions of complementary businesses, services or products, subject to our business plans and management's ability to identify, acquire and develop suitable investments or acquisition targets in both new and existing service categories. In certain circumstances, acceptable investments or acquisition targets might not be available. Acquisitions involve a number of risks, including:

 

difficulty in integrating the operations, technologies, products and personnel of an acquired business, including consolidating redundant facilities and infrastructure;

 

potential disruption of our ongoing business and the distraction of management from our day-to-day operations;

 

difficulty entering markets in which we have limited or no prior experience and in which competitors have a stronger market position;

 

difficulty maintaining the quality of services that such acquired companies have historically provided;

 

potential legal and financial responsibility for liabilities of acquired businesses;

 

overpayment for the acquired company or assets or failure to achieve anticipated benefits, such as cost savings and revenue enhancements;

 

increased expenses associated with completing an acquisition and amortizing any acquired intangible assets;

 

challenges in implementing uniform standards, accounting policies, customs, controls, procedures and policies throughout an acquired business;

 

failure to retain, motivate and integrate key management and other employees of the acquired business; and

 

loss of customers and a failure to integrate customer bases.

Our business plan for continued growth through acquisitions is subject to certain inherent risks, including accessing capital resources, potential cost overruns and possible rejection of our business model and/or sales methods. Therefore, we provide no assurance that we will be successful in carrying out our business plan. We continue to pursue additional debt and equity financing to fund our business plan. We have no assurance that future financing will be available to us on acceptable terms or at all.

In addition, if we incur indebtedness to finance an acquisition, it may reduce our capacity to borrow additional amounts and require us to dedicate a greater percentage of our cash flow from operations to payments on our debt, thereby reducing the cash resources available to us to fund capital expenditures, pursue other acquisitions or investments in new business initiatives and meet general corporate and working capital needs. This increased indebtedness may also limit our flexibility in planning for, and reacting to, changes in or challenges relating to our business and industry.  The use of our common stock or other securities (including those convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common stock) to finance any such acquisition may also result in dilution of our existing shareholders.

12


 

The potential risks associated with future acquisitions could disrupt our ongoing business, result in the loss of key customers or personnel, increase expenses and otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We are dependent upon technology services, and if we experience damage, service interruptions or failures in our computer and telecommunications systems, our customer relationships and our ability to attract new customers may be adversely affected.

Our business could be interrupted by damage to or disruption of our computer and telecommunications equipment and software systems, and we may lose data. Our customers’ businesses may be adversely affected by any system or equipment failure we experience. As a result of any of the foregoing, our relationships with our customers may be impaired, we may lose customers, our ability to attract new customers may be adversely affected and we could be exposed to contractual liability. Precautions in place to protect us from, or minimize the effect of, such events may not be adequate. If an interruption by damage to or disruption of our computer and telecommunications equipment and software systems occurs, we could be liable and the market perception of our services could be harmed.

We could be harmed by improper disclosure or loss of sensitive or confidential company, employee, associate or customer data, including personal data.

In connection with the operation of our business, we store, process and transmit a large amount of data, including personnel and payment information, about our employees, customers, associates and candidates, a portion of which is confidential and/or personally sensitive. In doing so, we rely on our own technology and systems, and those of third party vendors we use for a variety of processes. We and our third party vendors have established policies and procedures to help protect the security and privacy of this information. Unauthorized disclosure or loss of sensitive or confidential data may occur through a variety of methods. These include, but are not limited to, systems failure, employee negligence, fraud or misappropriation, or unauthorized access to or through our information systems, whether by our employees or third parties, including a cyberattack by computer programmers, hackers, members of organized crime and/or state-sponsored organizations, who may develop and deploy viruses, worms or other malicious software programs.

Such disclosure, loss or breach could harm our reputation and subject us to government sanctions and liability under our contracts and laws that protect sensitive or personal data and confidential information, resulting in increased costs or loss of revenues. It is possible that security controls over sensitive or confidential data and other practices we and our third party vendors follow may not prevent the improper access to, disclosure of, or loss of such information. The potential risk of security breaches and cyberattacks may increase as we introduce new services and offerings, such as mobile technology. Further, data privacy is subject to frequently changing rules and regulations, which sometimes conflict among the various jurisdictions in which we provide services. Any failure or perceived failure to successfully manage the collection, use, disclosure, or security of personal information or other privacy related matters, or any failure to comply with changing regulatory requirements in this area, could result in legal liability or impairment to our reputation in the marketplace.

We may be exposed to employment-related claims and losses, including class action lawsuits, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We employ people internally and in the workplaces of other businesses. Many of these individuals have access to customer information systems and confidential information. The risks of these activities include possible claims relating to:

 

discrimination and harassment;

 

wrongful termination or denial of employment;

 

violations of employment rights related to employment screening or privacy issues;

 

classification of temporary workers;

 

assignment of illegal aliens;

 

violations of wage and hour requirements;

 

retroactive entitlement to temporary worker benefits;

 

errors and omissions by our temporary workers;

 

misuse of customer proprietary information;

 

misappropriation of funds;

13


 

 

damage to customer facilities due to negligence of temporary workers; and

 

criminal activity.

We may incur fines and other losses or negative publicity with respect to these problems. In addition, these claims may give rise to litigation, which could be time-consuming and expensive. New employment and labor laws and regulations may be proposed or adopted that may increase the potential exposure of employers to employment-related claims and litigation. There can be no assurance that the corporate policies we have in place to help reduce our exposure to these risks will be effective or that we will not experience losses as a result of these risks. There can also be no assurance that the insurance policies we have purchased to insure against certain risks will be adequate or that insurance coverage will remain available on reasonable terms or be sufficient in amount or scope of coverage.

Our compliance with complicated regulations concerning corporate governance and public disclosure has resulted in additional expenses. Moreover, our ability to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations is uncertain given our management’s relative inexperience with operating public companies.

We are faced with expensive, complicated and evolving disclosure, governance and compliance laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure.  In addition, as a staffing company, we are regulated by the U.S. Department of Labor, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, and often by state authorities. New or changing laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies, which could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing compliance work.

Our failure to comply with all laws, rules and regulations applicable to U.S. public companies could subject us or our management to regulatory scrutiny or sanction, which could harm our reputation and stock price. Our efforts to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards are likely to continue to result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities.

The requirements of being a public company place significant demands on our resources.

As a public company, we incur significant legal, accounting, and other expenses. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission and the NASDAQ Capital Market, have imposed various requirements on public companies. New laws and regulations as well as changes to existing laws and regulations affecting public companies, including the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and changes in required accounting practices and rules adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission and the by NASDAQ Capital Market, would likely result in increased costs to us as we respond to their requirements.

Shareholder activism, the current political environment, and the current high level of government intervention and regulatory reform may lead to substantial new regulations and disclosure obligations, which may lead to additional compliance costs and impact the manner in which we operate our business in ways we cannot currently anticipate. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations have increased our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time consuming and costly. For example, these rules and regulations make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain and maintain director and officer liability insurance and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain our current levels of such coverage.

We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock. Consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on the appreciation in the price of our common stock.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividend on our common stock. We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings, if any, for the development, operation, and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any return to holders of our common stock would therefore be limited to the appreciation of their stock.

We are limited in our ability to pay dividends by certain of our existing agreements.  In addition, so long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding, as they are at this time, we are not able to declare, pay or set apart for payment any dividend on any shares of common stock, unless at the time of such dividend we have paid all accrued and unpaid dividends on the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock.  Therefore, we cannot be certain if we will pay any cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. Consequently, investors must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur,

14


 

as the only way to realize any future gains on their investments. There is no guarantee that shares of our common stock will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which our stockholders have purchased their shares.

Upon our dissolution, you may not recoup all or any portion of your investment.

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our company, whether voluntary or involuntary, the proceeds and/or assets of our company remaining after giving effect to such transaction, and the payment of all of our debts and liabilities will be distributed to the stockholders of common stock on a pro rata basis. There can be no assurance that we will have available assets to pay to the holders of common stock, or any amounts, upon such a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our company. In this event, you could lose some or all of your investment.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.

None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.

The Company leases 4,157 square feet of space at 641 Lexington Avenue, Suite 2701, New York, NY 10022, its headquarters and principal location. The Company’s lease for this space will expire in 2022.  The Company currently has a total of 16 facilities throughout the U.S. and the U.K.  This includes a U.K. office in London, as well as offices in the following states in the U.S.: New York, Connecticut, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, New Hampshire and North Carolina.  

All offices are operated from leased space ranging from approximately 500 to 10,100 square feet, typically through operating leases with terms that range from six months to five years, and thus with expirations from 2017 through 2022.  We believe that our facilities are adequate for our current requirements and that the Company’s leasing strategies provide us with sufficient flexibility to accommodate our business needs.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

NewCSI, Inc. vs. Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.

On May 22, 2014, NewCSI, Inc. (“NewCSI”) the former owners of Control Solutions International, filed a complaint in the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas, Austin Division, against the Company arising from the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement dated August 14, 2013 between the Company and NewCSI.  NewCSI claims that the Company breached a provision of the Stock Purchase Agreement (“SPA § 2.7”) that required the Company to calculate and pay to NewCSI 50% of certain “Deferred Tax Assets” within 90 days after December 31, 2013, subject to certain criteria.  The Complaint sought payment of the amount allegedly owed under SPA § 2.7 and acceleration of earn-out payments provided for in the Stock Purchase Agreement of $1,400, less amounts paid to date, and attorneys’ fees.  The Company responded denying the material allegations and interposing numerous affirmative defenses. On October 8, 2014, NewCSI filed a Motion of Summary Judgment (the “Motion”). On March 30, 2015, a Magistrate Judge of the District Court issued a Report and Recommendation that the District Court deny the Motion.  The Recommendation became a final decision on April 13, 2015.

On December 31, 2014, NewCSI filed an amended complaint to which NewCSI added an additional count asserting an “Adjustment Event” had occurred requiring an acceleration of earn-out payments provided for in the CSI Stock Purchase Agreement of $2,100, less amounts paid as of December 31, 2014 totaling $429 (balance of $1,671 at December 31, 2014), should the Company or CSI “be unable, or admit in writing its inability, to pay its debts as they mature.”  The Company responded denying the material allegations and interposing numerous affirmative defenses, including that the earn-out liability was fully expensed at the time of the acquisition and fully accrued for on the Company’s balance sheet as part of the purchase accounting at the time of the acquisition.  The final pretrial conference in this matter was held April 22, 2015.  A jury was selected on May 14, 2015, and the trial was held May 18-20, 2015.  On May 20, 2015, the jury rendered a verdict, finding that the Company had not complied with SPA § 2.7 and owed $154, but that NewCSI had not proven that the Company or CSI had become unable to pay debts as they came due.  The Court had held that it was not a question for the jury to decide if damages for breach of SPA § 2.7 should include accelerated earn-out payments.

On June 3, 2015, NewCSI filed a Motion for Entry of Judgment as Matter of Law seeking entry of a judgment in the amount of $154, plus accelerated earn-out payments in the amount of $1,152, plus statutory interest.  NewCSI did not challenge the jury verdict on the ability to pay issue.  Also on June 3, 2015, the Company filed a Motion for Entry of Judgment as a Matter of Law seeking entry of judgment against NewCSI on the jury’s finding that the Company had not complied with SPA § 2.7, or, in the alternative, for a reduction of damages to $154 and to hold that NewCSI may not be awarded accelerated earn-out payments as that would result in an illegal penalty.

15


 

On October 21, 2015, judgment was entered in this action in favor of NewCSI and against the Company in the amount of $1,307, plus pre-judgment interest, post-judgment interest, and costs.

On January 26, 2016, the District Court set the bond in respect of the NewCSI litigation at $1,384. The Company has filed a notice of appeal to the United States Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit seeking reversal of the judgment and posted a supersedeas bond to stay the execution of the judgment pending appeal.  On April 18, 2016, the Court granted the NewCSI shareholders’ request for payment of attorneys’ fees, but reserved judgment on the amount of fees to award pending the outcome of the Company’s appeal.  As of January 2016, the NewCSI shareholders have claimed they have incurred $552 in attorney’s fees, which could increase during the pendency of the appeal.  On November 3, 2016, oral arguments for the appeal were heard and now the Company is awaiting further instruction from the United States Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit.

We believe that the Company acted in a manner consistent with our contractual rights, and we intend to aggressively defend the Company against NewCSI. Nevertheless, there can be no assurance that the outcome of this litigation will be favorable to the Company.

Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. v. Former Officers of Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.

On November 13, 2015, in a separate proceeding, the Company initiated an arbitration proceeding before JAMS against three former officers of the Company.  In its demand for arbitration and statement of claim, the Company alleged that these individuals breached their employment agreements with the Company and the fiduciary duties each owed to the Company.  The three respondents responded with a counterclaim alleging wrongful termination and have moved to dismiss the arbitration, as well as moved for severance in relation to the remainder of their contracts. On July 20, 2016, the arbitrator decided in favor of both of the respondents’ motions.  Further on September 21, 2016 the arbitrator rendered the final award, which was set at $1,433. The Company is awaiting an order from the Court confirming the award.  In addition, the Company has calculated interest and made a payment towards legal fees included in the final award amount. As of December 31, 2016 the balance is $1,607. This amount has already been fully accrued for and expensed on the Company’s balance sheet.

Other Matters

On February 17, 2016, a previous law firm filed suit in the Supreme Court of the State of New York alleging that the Company owes $759, for legal services rendered. The Company disagreed with the quantity and quality of legal services provided by the firm to the Company. On March 17, 2016, the Company reached a settlement with the law firm in the amount of $505 to be paid in equal installments over 24 months beginning in April 2016.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

 

 

16


 

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.

Market Information

Shares of the Company’s common stock are traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the ticker symbol “STAF”. The high and low sales price per share of the Company’s common stock for each quarter during the last two fiscal years, as well as the Transition Period is shown below.  Please note that historical share prices before September 17, 2015, have been adjusted to account for the 1-10 reverse stock split that occurred on such date.

 

 

 

High

 

 

Low

 

Fiscal Year 2015, Quarters Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

August 31, 2014

 

$

22.00

 

 

$

14.50

 

November 30, 2014

 

 

20.40

 

 

 

6.00

 

February 28, 2015

 

 

8.00

 

 

 

2.50

 

May 31, 2015

 

 

9.40

 

 

 

2.50

 

Fiscal Year 2016, Quarters Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

August 31, 2015

 

 

9.00

 

 

 

3.50

 

November 30, 2015

 

 

10.24

 

 

 

3.49

 

February 29, 2016

 

 

5.99

 

 

 

2.14

 

May 31, 2016

 

 

4.76

 

 

 

1.80

 

Transition Period 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 1, 2016 to December 31, 2016

 

 

3.70

 

 

 

0.62

 

 

Holders of Common Stock

As of April 12, 2017, there were approximately 3,000 shareholders of record of the Company’s common stock.

Dividends

Common Stock: The Company has never paid any cash dividends on our common stock, and we do not anticipate paying any dividends with respect to those securities in the foreseeable future. The declaration and payment of future dividends will be at the discretion of the Company’s Board and will depend upon many factors, including the Company’s earnings, cash flow, financial condition and capital requirements. Our current business plan is to retain any future earnings to finance the expansion and development of our business.

Under Nevada law, except as otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation, no distribution (including dividends on, or redemption or repurchases of, shares of capital stock) may be made if, after giving effect to such distribution, the corporation would not be able to pay its debts as they become due in the usual course of business, or the corporation’s total assets would be less than the sum of its total liabilities plus the amount that would be needed at the time of a liquidation to satisfy the preferential rights of preferred stockholders. As a result, the Company has not paid any dividends associated with its Series A Preferred Stock.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Other than those sales of unregistered securities that have been disclosed by the Company in quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and as described in “Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” under the heading “Financings,” the Company has not recently sold any unregistered securities.

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

Not required for smaller reporting companies.

 

 

17


 

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

Overview

We are incorporated in the State of Nevada. As a rapidly growing public company in the international staffing sector, our high-growth business model is based on finding and acquiring suitable, mature, profitable, operating, U.S. and U.K. based staffing companies. Our targeted consolidation model is focused specifically on the accounting and finance, IT, engineering, administration (the “Professional Sector”) and light industrial (the “Light Industrial Sector”) disciplines.

Business Model, Operating History and Acquisitions

Our business plan is to expand and grow through multiple acquisitions, which may require additional financing, while continuing to supplement this with organic growth. The Company generated revenue of $109.4 million, $165.6 million, $128.8 million and $41.2 million for the Transition Period and fiscal years ended May 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. This growth has been achieved primarily through acquisitions, while operations continued to grow organically 11.1% during the transition period and, on average, grew 8.8% between the fiscal years ended May, 31 2014 and 2016.

We are a high-growth international staffing company engaged in the acquisition of U.S. and U.K. based staffing companies. As part of our consolidation model, we pursue a broad spectrum of staffing companies supporting primarily the Professional and Light Industrial Sectors. Our typical acquisition model is based on paying consideration in the form of cash, stock, earn-outs and/or promissory notes. In furthering our business model, the Company is regularly in discussions and negotiations with various suitable, mature acquisition targets.

To date, the company has completed the following acquisitions:

Control Solutions International, Inc.

Acquired on November 4, 2013, Control Solutions International, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary Canada Control Solutions International, Inc. (“CCSI”) (collectively (“CSI”), is a professional services company specializing in a broad spectrum of risk management, financial, internal audit and IT solutions.

Initio International Holdings Limited

Acquired on January 3, 2014, Initio International Holdings Limited (“Initio”) (the “Initio Acquisition”) is comprised of a U.S. and U.K. division. Initio’s U.S. division, Monroe Staffing Services LLC (“Monroe”), was established in 1969 and is a full-service staffing agency serving companies ranging from Fortune 100 companies to new start-ups, specializing in Professional and Light Industrial Sectors. Monroe has 11 offices located in the U.S., including offices in Connecticut, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, New Hampshire and North Carolina. Initio’s U.K. division (“Longbridge”), was established in 1989 and is an international multi-sector recruitment company catering to the sales and marketing, technology, legal and IT solutions sectors.

Poolia UK Ltd.

Acquired on February 28, 2014, Poolia UK Ltd. (“Poolia”) operates its professional staffing services from its office in London and focuses on providing temporary, contract and permanent qualified professionals to various banking, financial and commercial clients across the U.K. Subsequent to its acquisition, Poolia merged with Longbridge.

PeopleSERVE

On May 17, 2014, the Company acquired 100% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of PeopleSERVE, Inc. (“PSI”) and 49% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of PeopleSERVE PRS, Inc. (“PRS”). In May 2016, the Company acquired the remaining 51% of PRS for $101. PSI and PRS provide IT staffing support to companies in the governmental, commercial and educational sectors.

Lighthouse Placement Services

Acquired on July 8, 2015, Lighthouse Placement Services, LLC specializes in placing professionals in the engineering, pharmaceutical, biotechnology and IT sectors. 

18


 

The JM Group

Acquired on November 5, 2015, The JM Group Limited (“The JM Group”) provides IT workforce solutions to a diverse set of clients across the financial services, professional services and corporate sectors in the U.K.

Restructuring Plan and Implementation:

During the first and second quarters of the year ended May 31, 2015, the Company conducted a thorough review and evaluation of its business operations and strategies, the forecast for the staffing industry, and the business environment in general. The Company concluded that it was imperative to take immediate action to reduce short and medium-term debt service obligations, consulting/advisory agreements, employment costs and other corporate commitments that were overburdening the Company’s working capital and ability to fund continuing business operations, raise additional equity capital and/or debt, and execute its business plan. As such, on September 3, 2014, the Company formally established a Restructuring Committee to evaluate and formalize a plan, referred to as the “Pathway to Profitability” or the “Restructuring Plan”, to restructure the Company’s approach to existing debt and its operational and corporate commitments. The Restructuring Plan was presented and adopted by the Board on September 3, 2014. As of May 31, 2016, this Restructuring Plan is complete.

Goals and Key Initiatives of the Restructuring Plan:

Certain targeted initiatives have been and are being achieved as part of the Restructuring Plan through the following actions:

 

Short- and Medium-term debt service: The Restructuring Plan authorized management to approach existing debt holders with various proposals:

 

o

Notes Payable and Other Debt obligations: The Restructuring Plan offered a meaningful incentive to outstanding notes payable holders to convert their principal and accrued interest to common stock and/or warrants rather than a cash payment. Note holders converted $3,358 of principal and interest into 335,839 common stock shares and 369,423 warrants exercisable for a term of ten years at $12.50.  This action reduced the Company’s future cash outflows by approximately $528 in 2015, $871 in 2016, and by a further $1,959 in 2017.

 

o

Modification of Series A Bonds: As part of the Restructuring Plan, we modified the terms of the Series A Bonds conversion price from $15.00 to $10.00 with the intention of providing a meaningful incentive for the Series A Bond holders to convert their principal and interest to common stock and/or warrants on or before the maturity date of October 15, 2014, rather than redeem for cash. Bondholders converted $3,709 of principal and interest into 370,969 common stock shares and 185,486 warrants exercisable for a term of three years at $20.00. In May 2016, the remaining Series A Bonds that had not been previously converted or redeemed, were paid in full.

 

o

Modification of Series B Bonds: The Restructuring Plan modified the terms of the Series B Bonds conversion price from $15.00 to $12.00 with the intention of providing a meaningful incentive for the Series B Bond holders to convert their principal and interest to common stock by the maturity date of September 15, 2015, rather than redeem for cash.

 

Operational and Corporate commitments: The approved Restructuring Plan authorized management to cancel various on-going consulting and employment agreements and incur certain costs associated with this restructuring.

 

o

Consulting Agreements: The Company cancelled various on-going consulting agreements, improving the Company’s operating cash flow by approximately $486 per year.

 

o

Employment: The Company severed employment with one executive, increasing the Company’s run rate cash operating cash flow by approximately $624 per year.

Results of Operations

During the Transition Period and fiscal 2016, the Company generated $109.4 million and $165.6 million of revenue, respectively. During the most recent three months ended December 31, 2016, the Company generated $49.4 million of revenue. The Company believes the acquisitions consummated during fiscal 2015 and 2016 are performing as expected. We believe that we can continue to grow these businesses and that they will allow us to attract further acquisitions in line with our stated strategic plan of achieving $300 million of annualized revenue.

The Company operates in three countries and currencies; U.S. (U.S. Dollar), U.K. (Pound Sterling) and Canada (Canadian dollar), although its operations in Canada represent less than 0.1% of total revenues. During the Transition Period and fiscal year ended May

19


 

31, 2016, revenues generated in the U.K. were approximately 14% of total consolidated revenue and in the fiscal year ended May 31, 2015, approximately 6%. As a result, the Company’s exposure to foreign currency movement is not considered significant.

During the periods being reported, growth in bill rates can be attributed to accelerating wage inflation due to lower unemployment and fewer available candidates.  In addition, bill rates in the industrial and office/clerical staffing skill segments have risen due to pass-through of new administrative and health insurance costs related to the Affordable Care Act (ACA) employer mandate which took effect January 1st, 2015. Going forward, minimum wage increases in several states are projected to have a ripple effect of boosting pay and bill rates in the industrial and office/clerical staffing skill segments.

For the transition period ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the unaudited period June 1, 2015 to December 26, 2015

Unaudited results of operations for the period June 1, 2015 to December 26, 2015 is provided here for discussion and analysis purposes. The following table sets forth the results of our operations for the transition period ended December 31, 2016 and for the period June 1, 2015 to December 26, 2015 indicated as a percentage of revenue:

 

 

 

For the Transition

Period Ended

December 31, 2016

 

 

% of Revenue

 

 

For the Period

June 1, 2015 -

December 26, 2015

 

 

% of Revenue

 

 

Growth

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

109,422

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

91,432

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

19.7

%

Direct cost of revenue

 

 

90,285

 

 

 

82.5

%

 

 

75,116

 

 

 

82.2

%

 

 

20.2

%

Gross profit

 

 

19,137

 

 

 

17.5

%

 

 

16,316

 

 

 

17.8

%

 

 

17.3

%

Operating expenses

 

 

19,766

 

 

 

18.1

%

 

 

18,435

 

 

 

20.2

%

 

 

7.2

%

Loss from operations

 

 

(629

)

 

 

(0.6

)%

 

 

(2,119

)

 

 

(2.3

)%

 

 

(70.3

)%

Other expenses

 

 

(2,965

)

 

 

(2.7

)%

 

 

(3,111

)

 

 

(3.4

)%

 

 

(4.7

)%

(Provision) benefit for income taxes

 

 

(16

)

 

 

(0.0

)%

 

 

9

 

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

(280.5

)%

Net Loss From Discontinued Operations

 

 

 

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

0.0

%

Net loss

 

$

(3,610

)

 

 

(3.3

)%

 

$

(5,221

)

 

 

(5.7

)%

 

 

(30.9

)%

 

Revenue

For the transition period ended December 31, 2016, revenue grew 19.7% to $109,422 as compared to $91,423 for the period June 1, 2015 to December 26, 2015. Of that growth, 11.1% was organic, 9.2% was from the acquisitions of Lighthouse and The JM Group, and (0.6%) was from foreign currency translation.

Direct cost of revenue

Direct cost of services includes the variable cost of labor and various non-variable costs (e.g., insurance) relating to employees (temporary and permanent) as well as sub-contractors and consultants. For the transition period ended December 31, 2016 and the period June 1, 2015 to December 26, 2015, direct cost of revenue was $90,285 and $75,116, respectively, or growth of 20.2%, compared to growth in revenue of 19.7%, and is further discussed in the gross profit and gross margin comments below.

Gross profit and gross margin

Gross profit for the transition period ended December 31, 2016 and the period June 1, 2015 to December 26, 2015 was $19,137 and $16,316, respectively, representing gross margin of 17.5% and 17.8% for each period, respectively. The decrease in margin is primarily attributable to the acquisition of The JM Group and strong organic growth in the Light Industrial segment (both at lower margins than the Company’s average).

Operating expenses

For the transition period ended December 31, 2016, operating expenses amounted to $19,766 as compared to $18,435 for the period June 1, 2015 to December 26, 2015, an increase of $1,331 or 7.2%. Total operating expenses increased on an absolute basis, mainly resulting from the acquisition of Lighthouse and The JM Group, partially offset by decreases in professional fees and non-cash compensation expenses. However, as a percentage of revenue, these amounts were an improvement from 20.2% for the period June 1, 2015 to December 26, 2015 to 18.1% for the transition period ended December 31, 2016.

20


 

While cash operating expenses, defined as Total operating expenses excluding depreciation and amortization as well as other non-cash charges, grew on an absolute basis from $15,002 to $17,546 for the period June 1, 2015 to December 26, 2015 and for the transition period ended December 31, 2016, respectively, this represents a decline as a percentage of revenue from 16.4% to 16.0% for the same periods.

Other Expenses

For the transition period ended December 31, 2016 and for the period June 1, 2015 to December 26, 2015, Other Expenses primarily includes interest and financing expense of $2,791 and $1,947, respectively, other expense (income) of $162 and $(39), respectively and other restructuring costs totaling $10 and $12, respectively. The restructuring charges incurred during 2016 were residual charges resulting from the Company’s implementation of its Restructuring Plan during 2015.

For the fiscal year ended May 31, 2016 as compared to the fiscal year ended May 31, 2015

The following table sets forth the results of our operations for the fiscal years ended May, 2016 and 2015 indicated as a percentage of revenue:

 

 

 

For the Fiscal Years Ended May 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

% of Revenue

 

 

2015

 

 

% of Revenue

 

 

Growth

 

Revenue

 

$

165,552

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

128,829

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

28.5

%

Direct cost of revenue

 

 

136,505

 

 

 

82.5

%

 

 

106,281

 

 

 

82.5

%

 

 

28.4

%

Gross profit

 

 

29,047

 

 

 

17.5

%

 

 

22,548

 

 

 

17.5

%

 

 

28.8

%

Operating expenses

 

 

33,645

 

 

 

20.3

%

 

 

30,017

 

 

 

23.3

%

 

 

12.1

%

Loss from operations

 

 

(4,598

)

 

 

(2.8

)%

 

 

(7,469

)

 

 

(5.8

)%

 

 

(38.4

)%

Other expenses

 

 

(4,870

)

 

 

(2.9

)%

 

 

(10,094

)

 

 

(7.8

)%

 

 

(51.8

)%

(Provision) benefit for income taxes

 

 

(17

)

 

 

(0.0

)%

 

 

60

 

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

(128.3

)%

Net Loss From Discontinued Operations

 

 

 

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

(47

)

 

 

(0.0

)%

 

 

(100.0

)%

Net loss

 

$

(9,485

)

 

 

(5.7

)%

 

$

(17,550

)

 

 

(13.6

)%

 

 

(46.0

)%

 

Revenue

For the fiscal year ended May 31, 2016, revenue grew 28.5% to $165,552 as compared to $128,829 for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2015. Of that growth, 7.1% was organic, 21.8% was from the acquisition of The JM Group, and (0.4%) was from foreign currency translation.

Direct cost of revenue

Direct cost of services includes the variable cost of labor and various non-variable costs (e.g., insurance) relating to employees (temporary and permanent) as well as sub-contractors and consultants. For the fiscal years ended May 31, 2016 and 2015, cost of revenue was $136,505 and $106,281, respectively, or growth of 28.4%, which is consistent with the change in revenue.

Gross profit and gross margin

Gross profit for the fiscal years ended May 31, 2016 and 2015 was $29,047 and $22,548, respectively, representing gross margin of 17.5% for both years. While business mix changed during the year with the addition of Lighthouse and The JM Group (at higher and lower margins respectively than the Company’s average), underlying margins were approximately in line with the prior year. 

Operating expenses

For the fiscal year ended May 31, 2016, operating expenses amounted to $33,645 as compared to $30,017 for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2015, an increase of $3,628 or 12.1%. Total operating expenses increased on an absolute basis, mainly resulting from the acquisition of Lighthouse and The JM Group. However, as a percentage of revenue, these amounts were an improvement from 23.3% for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2015 to 20.3% for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2016.

While cash operating expenses grew on an absolute basis from $23,958 to $28,601 for the fiscal years ended May 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively, this represents a significant decline as a percentage of revenue from 18.6% to 17.3% for the same periods, reflecting the success of our Pathway to Profitability initiative.

21


 

Other Expenses

For the fiscal years ended May 31, 2016 and 2015, Other Expenses primarily includes interest and financing expense of $5,343 and $5,866, respectively, other income of $566 and $142, respectively and other restructuring costs totaling $21 and $5,237, respectively. The restructuring charges in 2016 were residual charges resulting from the Company’s implementation of its Restructuring Plan during 2015.

For the unaudited period December 27, 2015 to December 31, 2016 as compared to the unaudited period December 28, 2014 to December 26, 2015

Presentation of the period December 27, 2015 to December 31, 2016 is not required for a transition report. However, as the Company has changed its fiscal year end to a 52-53 week period ending on the last Saturday closest to December 31st, future periods to be reported will be on this basis; and as such, we have included the period December 27, 2015 to December 31, 2016 compared to the period December 28, 2014 to December 26, 2015 to provide a more complete view of the Company’s performance on this basis. Comparison of results for these periods is slightly impacted by the fact that the period December 27, 2015 to December 31, 2016, has seven calendar days more than the period December 28, 2014 to December 26, 2015. However, the Company believes the impact of this difference is immaterial.

The following table sets forth the results of our operations for the period December 27, 2015 to December 31, 2016 and for the period December 28, 2014 to December 26, 2015 indicated as a percentage of revenue:

 

 

 

For the Period

December 27, 2015 -

December 31, 2016

 

 

% of Revenue

 

 

For the Period

December 28, 2014 -

December 26, 2015

 

 

% of Revenue

 

 

Growth

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

183,542

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

144,408

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

27.1

%

Direct cost of revenue

 

 

151,673

 

 

 

82.6

%

 

 

119,132

 

 

 

82.5

%

 

 

27.3

%

Gross profit

 

 

31,869

 

 

 

17.4

%

 

 

25,276

 

 

 

17.5

%

 

 

26.1

%

Operating expenses

 

 

34,978

 

 

 

19.1

%

 

 

30,798

 

 

 

21.3

%

 

 

13.6

%

Loss from operations

 

 

(3,109

)

 

 

(1.7

)%

 

 

(5,522

)

 

 

(3.8

)%

 

 

(43.7

)%

Other expenses

 

 

(4,722

)

 

 

(2.6

)%

 

 

(3,523

)

 

 

(2.4

)%

 

 

34.0

%

(Provision) benefit for income taxes

 

 

(42

)

 

 

(0.0

)%

 

 

17

 

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

(340.7

)%

Net Loss From Discontinued Operations

 

 

 

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

0.0

%

Net loss

 

$

(7,873

)

 

 

(4.3

)%

 

$

(9,028

)

 

 

(6.3

)%

 

 

(12.8

)%

 

Revenue

For the period December 27, 2015 to December 31, 2016, revenue grew 27.1% to $183,542 as compared to $144,408 for the period December 28, 2014 to December 26, 2015. Of that growth, 10.5% was organic, 17.1% was from the acquisitions of Lighthouse and The JM Group, and (0.5%) was from foreign currency translation.

Direct cost of revenue

Direct cost of services includes the variable cost of labor and various non-variable costs (e.g., insurance) relating to employees (temporary and permanent) as well as sub-contractors and consultants. For the period December 27, 2015 to December 31, 2016 and for the period December 28, 2014 to December 26, 2015, direct cost of revenue was $151,673 and $119,132, respectively, or growth of 27.3%, compared to growth in revenue of 27.0%, and is further discussed in the gross profit and gross margin comments below.

Gross profit and gross margin

Gross profit for the period December 27, 2015 to December 31, 2016 and for the period December 28, 2014 to December 26, 2015 was $31,869 and $25,276, respectively, representing gross margin of 17.4% and 17.5% for each period, respectively. The decrease in margin is primarily attributable to the acquisition of The JM Group and strong organic growth in the Light Industrial segment (both at lower margins than the Company’s average).

Operating expenses

For the period December 27, 2015 to December 31, 2016, operating expenses amounted to $34,978 as compared to $30,798 for the period December 28, 2014 to December 26, 2015, an increase of $4,180 or 13.6%. Total operating expenses increased on an absolute

22


 

basis, mainly resulting from the acquisition of Lighthouse and The JM Group, partially offset by decreases in professional fees and non-cash compensation expenses. However, as a percentage of revenue, these amounts were an improvement from 21.3% for the period December 28, 2014 to December 31, 2015 to 19.1% for the period December 27, 2015 to December 31, 2016.

While cash operating expenses, defined as Total operating expenses excluding Depreciation and amortization as well as other non-cash charges, grew on an absolute basis from $25,016 to $31,147 for the period December 28, 2014 to December 26, 2015 and for the period December 27, 2015 to December 31, 2016, respectively, this represents a decline as a percentage of revenue from 17.3% to 17.0% for the same periods.

Other Expenses

For the period December 27, 2015 to December 31, 2016 and for the period December 28, 2014 to December 26, 2015, Other Expenses primarily includes interest and financing expense of $5,035 and $3,933, respectively, other expense (income) of $(365) and $(22), respectively and other restructuring costs totaling $19 and $(428), respectively. The restructuring charges in 2016 were residual charges resulting from the Company’s implementation of its Restructuring Plan during 2015.

Non-GAAP Measures and Key Performance Indicators

To supplement our consolidated financial statements presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), we also use non-GAAP financial measures and Key Performance Indicators (“KPIs”) in addition to our GAAP results. We believe non-GAAP financial measures and KPIs may provide useful information for evaluating our cash operating performance, ability to service debt, compliance with debt covenants and measurement against competitors. This information should be considered as supplemental in nature and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the related financial information prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, these non-GAAP financial measures may not be comparable to similarly entitled measures reported by other companies.

We present the following non-GAAP financial measure and KPIs in this report:

Revenue and Gross Profit by Service Segment We use this KPI to measure the Company’s mix of Revenue and respective profitability between its two main lines of business due to their differing margins. For clarity, these lines of business are not the Company’s operating segments, as this information is not currently regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker to allocate capital and resources. Rather, we use this KPI to benchmark the Company against the industry.

The following table details Revenue and Gross Profit by Sector for the transition period ended December 31, 2016 and for the period June 1, 2015 to December 26, 2015, respectively:

 

 

 

Transition Period ended

December 31, 2016

 

 

Mix

 

 

For the Period

June 1, 2015 -

December 26, 2015

 

 

Mix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Light Industrial

 

$

60,529

 

 

 

55%

 

 

$

52,721

 

 

 

58%

 

Professional

 

 

48,893

 

 

 

45%

 

 

 

38,711

 

 

 

42%

 

Total Service Revenue

 

$

109,422

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

91,432

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Light Industrial

 

 

9,351

 

 

 

49%

 

 

 

7,827

 

 

 

48%

 

Professional

 

 

9,786

 

 

 

51%

 

 

 

8,489

 

 

 

52%

 

Total Gross Profit

 

$

19,137

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

16,316

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Light Industrial

 

 

15.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

14.8

%

 

 

 

 

Professional

 

 

20.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

21.9

%

 

 

 

 

Total Gross Margin

 

 

17.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

17.8

%

 

 

 

 

 

23


 

The following table details Revenue and Gross Profit by Sector for the fiscal years ended May 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively:

 

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended May 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

Mix

 

 

2015

 

 

Mix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Light Industrial

 

$

90,296

 

 

 

55%

 

 

$

79,499

 

 

 

62%

 

Professional

 

 

75,256

 

 

 

45%

 

 

 

49,330

 

 

 

38%

 

Total Service Revenue

 

$

165,552

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

128,829

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Light Industrial

 

 

13,206

 

 

 

45%

 

 

 

10,842

 

 

 

48%

 

Professional

 

 

15,841

 

 

 

55%

 

 

 

11,706

 

 

 

52%

 

Total Gross Profit

 

$

29,047

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

22,548

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Light Industrial

 

 

14.6

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

13.6

%

 

 

 

 

Professional

 

 

21.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.7

%

 

 

 

 

Total Gross Margin

 

 

17.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

17.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

The following table details Revenue and Gross Profit by Sector for the period December 27, 2015 to December 31, 2016 and for the period December 28, 2014 to December 26, 2015, respectively:

 

 

 

For the Period

December 27, 2015 -

December 31, 2016

 

 

Mix

 

 

For the Period

December 28, 2014 -

December 26, 2015

 

 

Mix

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Light Industrial

 

$

98,104

 

 

 

53%

 

 

$

85,388

 

 

 

59%

 

Professional

 

 

85,438

 

 

 

47%

 

 

 

59,020

 

 

 

41%

 

Total Service Revenue

 

$

183,542

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

144,408

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Light Industrial

 

 

14,731

 

 

 

46%

 

 

 

12,197

 

 

 

48%

 

Professional

 

 

17,138

 

 

 

54%

 

 

 

13,079

 

 

 

52%

 

Total Gross Profit

 

$

31,869

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

25,276

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Light Industrial

 

 

15.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

14.3

%

 

 

 

 

Professional

 

 

20.1

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

22.2

%

 

 

 

 

Total Gross Margin

 

 

17.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

17.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA This measure is defined as net loss attributable to common stock before: interest expense, benefit from (provision for) income taxes; income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax; other (income) expense, net, in operating income (loss); amortization and impairment of identifiable intangible assets; impairment of goodwill; depreciation; operational restructuring and other charges; other income (expense), net, below operating income (loss); non-cash expenses associated with stock compensation; and charges the Company considers to be non-recurring in nature such as legal expenses associated with litigation, professional fees associated potential and completed acquisitions. We use this measure because we believe it provides a more meaningful understanding of the profit and cash flow generation of the Company.

24


 

The following table provides a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA for the transition period ended December 31, 2016 and for the period June 1, 2015 to December 26, 2015 respectively, to its most directly comparable GAAP measure:

 

 

 

Transition

Period Ended

 

 

For the Period

June 1, 2015 -

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

December 26, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

Net loss attributable to common stock

 

$

(3,726

)

 

$

(5,329

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

1,382

 

 

 

1,527

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

 

16

 

 

 

(9

)

Depreciation and amortization (1)

 

 

3,182

 

 

 

3,388

 

EBITDA

 

 

854

 

 

 

(423

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition, capital raising and other non-recurring

   expenses (2)

 

 

1,670

 

 

 

1,045

 

Other non-cash charges (3)

 

 

447

 

 

 

1,616

 

Restructuring charges

 

 

10

 

 

 

12

 

Impairment of intangibles

 

 

 

 

 

 

Modification expense

 

 

2

 

 

 

40

 

Dividends - Series A preferred stock

 

 

116

 

 

 

116

 

Other income / (expense)

 

 

162

 

 

 

(39

)

Net income attributable to non-controlling interest

 

 

 

 

 

(9

)

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

3,261

 

 

$

2,358

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Profit

 

$

19,137

 

 

$

16,316

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted operating expenses (4)

 

$

15,876

 

 

$

13,958

 

Adjusted operating expenses percentage of gross profit

 

 

83.0

%

 

 

85.5

%

 

 

(1)

Includes amortization included in other expenses.

 

(2)

Acquisition, capital raising and other non-recurring expenses primarily relate to capital raising expenses, acquisition and integration expenses and legal expenses incurred in relation to matters outside the ordinary course of business.

 

(3)

Other non-cash charges primarily relate to staff option and share compensation expense, expense for shares issued to directors for board services, and consideration paid for consulting services.

 

(4)

Adjusted operating expenses are defined as the operating expenses of the Company included in the definition of Adjusted EBITDA.

Adjusted EBITDA for the transition period ended December 31, 2016 of $3,261, a 38.2% increase from $2,359 for the period June 1, 2015 to December 26, 2015. This growth is attributable to earnings from the acquisition of Lighthouse and The JM Group, successful execution of our Pathway to Profitability initiative, as well as flow through of revenue arising from organic growth.

25


 

The following table provides a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA for the fiscal years ended May 31, 2016 and 2015 respectively, to its most directly comparable GAAP measure:

 

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended May 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Net loss attributable to common stock

 

$

(9,713

)

 

$

(18,071

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

2,699

 

 

 

1,646

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

 

17

 

 

 

(60

)

Depreciation and amortization (1)

 

 

5,508

 

 

 

6,931

 

EBITDA

 

 

(1,489

)

 

 

(9,554

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition, capital raising and other non-recurring

   expenses (2)

 

 

3,665

 

 

 

2,209

 

Other non-cash charges (3)

 

 

2,180

 

 

 

1,778

 

Restructuring charges

 

 

21

 

 

 

5,237

 

Impairment of intangibles

 

 

 

 

 

703

 

Modification expense

 

 

72

 

 

 

 

Dividends - Series A preferred stock

 

 

200

 

 

 

50

 

Other income / (expense)

 

 

(566

)

 

 

(142

)

Net income attributable to non-controlling interest

 

 

28

 

 

 

471

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

4,111

 

 

$

752

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Profit

 

$

29,047

 

 

$

22,548

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted operating expenses (4)

 

$

24,936

 

 

$

21,796

 

Adjusted operating expenses percentage of gross profit

 

 

85.8

%

 

 

96.7

%

 

 

(1)

Includes amortization included in other expenses.

 

(2)

Acquisition, capital raising and other non-recurring expenses primarily relate to capital raising expenses, acquisition and integration expenses and legal expenses incurred in relation to matters outside the ordinary course of business.

 

(3)

Other non-cash charges primarily relate to staff option and share compensation expense, expense for shares issued to directors for board services, and consideration paid for consulting services.

 

(4)

Adjusted operating expenses are defined as the operating expenses of the Company included in the definition of Adjusted EBITDA.

Adjusted EBITDA for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2016 of $4,111, grew over 400% from $752 for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2015. This growth is attributable to earnings from the acquisition of Lighthouse and The JM Group, successful execution of our Pathway to Profitability initiative, as well as flow through of revenue arising from organic growth.

26


 

The following table provides a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA for the period December 27, 2015 to December 31, 2016 and for the period December 28, 2014 to December 26 2015 respectively, to its most directly comparable GAAP measure:

 

 

 

For the Period

December 27, 2015 -

December 31, 2016

 

 

For the Period

December 28, 2014 -

December 26, 2015

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

Net loss attributable to common stock

 

$

(8,110

)

 

$

(9,440

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

2,554

 

 

 

2,081

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

 

42

 

 

 

(17

)

Depreciation and amortization (1)

 

 

5,302

 

 

 

4,760

 

EBITDA

 

 

(212

)

 

 

(2,616

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition, capital raising and other non-recurring

   expenses (2)

 

 

4,290

 

 

 

2,410

 

Other non-cash charges (3)

 

 

1,011

 

 

 

2,861

 

Restructuring charges

 

 

19

 

 

 

(415

)

Impairment of intangibles

 

 

 

 

 

 

Modification expense

 

 

33

 

 

 

40

 

Dividends - Series A preferred stock

 

 

200

 

 

 

166

 

Other income / (expense)

 

 

(365

)

 

 

(22

)

Net income attributable to non-controlling interest

 

 

37

 

 

 

246

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

5,013

 

 

$

2,670

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Profit

 

$

31,869

 

 

$

25,276

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted operating expenses (4)

 

$

26,856

 

 

$

22,606

 

Adjusted operating expenses percentage of gross profit

 

 

84.3

%

 

 

89.4

%

 

 

(1)

Includes amortization included in other expenses.

 

(2)

Acquisition, capital raising and other non-recurring expenses primarily relate to capital raising expenses, acquisition and integration expenses and legal expenses incurred in relation to matters outside the ordinary course of business.

 

(3)

Other non-cash charges primarily relate to staff option and share compensation expense, expense for shares issued to directors for board services, and consideration paid for consulting services.

 

(4)

Adjusted operating expenses are defined as the operating expenses of the Company included in the definition of Adjusted EBITDA.

Adjusted EBITDA for the period December 27, 2015 to December 31, 2016 of $5,013, grew 87.8% from $2,670 for the period December 28, 2014 to December 26, 2015. This growth is attributable to earnings from the acquisition of Lighthouse and The JM Group, successful execution of our Pathway to Profitability initiative, as well as flow through of revenue arising from organic growth.

Operating Leverage This measure is calculated by dividing the growth in Adjusted EBITDA by the growth in Gross Profit, on a trailing 12-month basis. We use this KPI because we believe it provides a measure of the Company’s efficiency for converting incremental gross profit into Adjusted EBITDA. The period December 27, 2105 to December 31, 2016 includes the Transition Period, Operating Leverage for the Transition Period is not separately shown as it would be duplicative.

27


 

The following table details the Company’s Operating Leverage for the fiscal years ended May 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively:

 

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended May 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Gross Profit - Current Year

 

$

29,047

 

 

$

22,548

 

Gross Profit - Prior Year

 

 

22,548

 

 

 

7,804

 

Gross Profit - Growth

 

$

6,499

 

 

$

14,744

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA - Current Year

 

 

4,111

 

 

 

752

 

Adjusted EBITDA - Prior Year

 

 

752

 

 

 

(2,673

)

Adjusted EBITDA - Growth

 

$

3,359

 

 

$

3,425

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Leverage

 

 

51.7

%

 

 

23.2

%

 

The following table details the Company’s Operating Leverage for the period December 27, 2015 to December 31, 2016 and for the period December 28, 2014 to December 26, 2015, respectively:

 

 

 

For the Period

December 27, 2015 -

December 31, 2016

 

 

For the Period

December 28, 2014 -

December 26, 2015

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

Gross Profit - Current Year

 

$

31,869

 

 

$

25,276

 

Gross Profit - Prior Year

 

 

25,276

 

 

 

20,960

 

Gross Profit - Growth

 

$

6,593

 

 

$

4,316

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA - Current Year

 

 

5,013

 

 

 

2,670

 

Adjusted EBITDA - Prior Year

 

 

2,670

 

 

 

(2,666

)

Adjusted EBITDA - Growth

 

$

2,343

 

 

$

5,336

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Leverage

 

 

35.5

%

 

 

123.6

%

 

Operating leverage in TTM December 26, 2015 is unusually high due to the reversal from negative TTM Adjusted EBITDA - Prior Year to positive TTM Adjusted EBITDA - Current Year.

Leverage Ratio Calculated as Total Long Term Debt, Net, gross of any Original Issue Discount, plus Earnouts, less assets held against Long Term Debt, divided by Adjusted EBITDA for the trailing 12-months. We use this KPI as an indicator of the Company’s ability to service its debt prospectively.

The following table details the Company’s Leverage Ratio as of May 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively:

 

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended May 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Total Long Term Debt, Net

 

$

9,284

 

 

$

4,903

 

Addback: Total Debt Discount and Deferred Financing Costs

 

 

2,693

 

 

 

1,323

 

Earnouts

 

 

2,640

 

 

 

1,557

 

Less: Surety Bond

 

 

(1,405

)

 

 

(1,405

)

Total Long Term Debt

 

$

13,212

 

 

$

6,378

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA - TTM

 

$

4,111

 

 

$

752

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leverage Ratio

 

3.2x

 

 

8.5x

 

 

28


 

The following table details the Company’s Leverage Ratio as of December 31, 2016 and December 26, 2015, respectively:

 

 

 

For the Period

December 27, 2015 -

December 31, 2016

 

 

For the Period

December 28, 2014 -

December 26, 2015

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

Total Long Term Debt, Net

 

$

7,636

 

 

$

9,529

 

Addback: Total Debt Discount and Deferred Financing

   Costs

 

 

1,374

 

 

 

4,257

 

Earnouts

 

 

2,347

 

 

 

2,722

 

Less: Surety Bond

 

 

(1,405

)

 

 

 

Total Long Term Debt

 

$

9,952

 

 

$

16,508

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA - TTM

 

$

5,013

 

 

$

2,670

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leverage Ratio

 

2.0x

 

 

6.2x

 

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity is the ability of a company to generate funds to support its current and future operations, satisfy its obligations, and otherwise operate on an ongoing basis. Historically, we have funded our operations through promissory notes, bonds, convertible notes, private placement offerings and from advances from our majority shareholders/officers/directors.

Our primary uses of cash have been for professional fees related to our operations and financial reporting requirements and for the payment of compensation, benefits and consulting fees. The following trends may occur as the Company continues to execute on its strategy:

 

An increase in working capital requirements to finance targeted acquisitions,

 

Addition of administrative and sales personnel as the business grows,

 

Increases in advertising, public relations and sales promotions for existing and new brands as we expand within existing markets or enter new markets,

 

A continuation of the costs associated with being a public company, and

 

Capital expenditures to add technologies.

As a result of our recent financings, we believe that we will be able to fund our operations, implement our business plan and pursue the acquisition of a broad spectrum of staffing companies through the next twelve months. However, we will need to raise additional capital to pursue growth opportunities, improve our infrastructure and otherwise make investments in assets and personnel that will allow us to remain competitive. Financing transactions may include the issuance of equity or debt securities, obtaining credit facilities, or other financing mechanisms. However, the trading price of our common stock and a potential downturn in the U.S. equity and debt markets could make it more difficult to obtain financing through the issuance of equity or debt securities. Even if we are able to raise the funds required, it is possible that we could incur unexpected costs and expenses, fail to collect amounts owed to us, or experience unexpected cash requirements that would force us to seek alternative financing. Furthermore, if we issue additional equity or debt securities, stockholders may experience additional dilution or the new equity securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of existing holders of our common stock.

Our liquidity may be negatively impacted by the significant costs associated with our public company reporting requirements, costs associated with newly applicable corporate governance requirements, including requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and other rules implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission. We expect all of these applicable rules and regulations could significantly increase our legal and financial compliance costs and increase the use of resources.

As of December 31, 2016, the Company had a working capital deficiency of $15,091, an accumulated deficit of $47,847, for the transition period ended December 31, 2016 a net loss of $3,610, and, as of the date these financial statements are issued, the Company has approximately $4,377 associated debt and other amortizing obligations, due in the next 12 months.  

29


 

The amounts due discussed above, are a subset of the Company’s total gross debt obligations as of December 31, 2016 of $9,010, as compared with $11,977 as of the Company’s most recent year ended May 31, 2016. Those balances are comprised of various instruments that can be summarized as follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

May 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bonds

 

$

50

 

 

$

55

 

 

$

1,156

 

Convertible Notes

 

 

5,632

 

 

 

7,521

 

 

 

304

 

Promissory Notes

 

 

441

 

 

 

933

 

 

 

1,777

 

Term Loans

 

 

2,887

 

 

 

3,468

 

 

 

2,989

 

Total Long-Term Debt

 

$

9,010

 

 

$

11,977

 

 

$

6,226

 

 

These obligations mature over the period between January 2017 and April 2019, with interest being paid primarily at the same time principal is paid.

Other significant obligations of the Company as of December 31, 2016 not classified as debt are:

 

A loan from Midcap Financial Trust X in the amount of $1,300 associated with the Company’s accounts receivable revolving credit facility. The balance originally matured in full in April 2019. However, in January 2017, in connection with the financing from Jackson Investment Group, LLC (see below), that obligation was amended such that it would amortize $50 per month beginning in February 2017. In addition, in the event the Company raises cumulative capital in the amount of $2,500, the Company must make a lump-sum principal payment in the amount of $500, and a further $500 if the Company raises cumulative capital in the amount of $4,000.

 

An earn-out liability associated with the Company’s acquisition of CSI in the amount of $1,320. As this balance is currently in dispute (see NewCSI, Inc. vs. Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. in Legal Proceedings), the Company has a surety bond posted in the amount of $1,405 to fund the balance, while the case is ongoing, in the event the Company loses its appeal. Payments continue to be made monthly in the amount of 20% of CSI’s consolidated gross profit.

 

An earn-out liability associated with the Company’s acquisition of The JM Group in the amount of $1,026 that was due in November 2016. While unpaid, the balance accrues interest of 10.25% per annum. This balance was paid in January 2017 along with accrued interest.

 

A liability to former officers of the Company (see Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. v. Former Officers of Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. in Legal Proceedings) in the amount of $1,607 including accrued interest. Until paid, the balance accrues interest of 9% per annum. The Company is awaiting an order from the Court confirming the award. Until then, the timing of paying this liability is not yet known but has been classified within Other Current Liabilities.

In January 2017, the Company entered into an amendment agreement in which, the parties refinanced an aggregate amount of $2,708 million of notes and extended all amortization payments (collectively “the Amendment”) to October 1, 2018. The new gross balance of the remaining note was $3,126.  The Amendment had an 8% interest rate, with no interest payments due until October 1, 2017, payable quarterly thereafter, and an overall term of 21 months with principal due at maturity. The Amendment was convertible into shares of common stock at a price of $3.00 per share at holder’s election, and the holder has agreed to eliminate the 20% pre-payment penalty for an early redemption.  In connection with the refinancing, the Company issued the holder 600,000 shares of common stock. Later in January 2017, the amended note was paid in full.

In addition, in January 2017, the Company closed financing with Jackson Investment Group, LLC (“JIG”) in the amount of $7,400 million. The financing is a term loan, maturing in July 2018 and carries interest at 6%. No interest or principal is due until maturity. In connection with the transaction, JIG received 1,650,000 shares of common stock and 3,150,000 warrants, exercisable for five years, with a cash exercise price of $1.35. At JIG’s election, 50% of accrued interest may be converted into shares of common stock at a conversion price of $2.00.

In connection with the JIG financing, in addition to paying $3,126 to satisfy the Amendment, the Company satisfied in full the earn-out liability associated with the Company’s acquisition of The JM Group of $1,026 and related interest, as well as approximately, $562 of debt obligations that were due in January 2017.

In April 2017, the Company amended the note and warrant purchase agreement with JIG and entered into a second subordinated secured note with JIG for $1,650. Under the terms of this amended agreement, the Company issued to JIG 296,984 shares of common stock, with an additional 370,921 shares of common stock to be issued upon shareholder approval of the issuance of shares to JIG in

30


 

excess of the 19.99% limit, and amended the warrant agreement to allow JIG to purchase up to an additional 825,463 shares of common stock at $1.00 per share. The original warrant agreement was also amended to increase JIG’s warrants to 3,702,075 based on the anti-dilution clause contained therein, and adjust the exercise price to $1.00 per warrant. The second note accrues interest on the principal amount at a rate of 6% per annum and has a maturity date of June 8, 2019; however, in the event the Company satisfies all of its outstanding obligations with Midcap Financial Trust, the maturity date will be adjusted to July 25, 2018. No interest or principal is payable until maturity. At any time during the term of the note, upon notice to JIG, the Company may also, at its option, redeem all or some of the then outstanding principal amount of the note by paying to JIG an amount not less than $100 of the outstanding principal (and in multiples of $100), plus any accrued but unpaid interest and liquidated damages and other amounts due under the note. The note’s principal is not convertible into shares of common stock; however, 50% of the accrued interest on the note can be converted into shares of common stock, at the sole election of JIG prior to maturity, at a conversion price equal to $1.50 per share. The proceeds of this transaction were used to redeem the remaining shares and conversion rights of the Series D Preferred Stock.

While management’s projected cash flows are forecasted to be sufficient to meet the Company’s obligations over the next 12 months, management believes it is prudent to continue its capital raising efforts in case its forecast is not achieved. Management’s plan to continue as a going concern includes raising capital in the form of debt or equity, increased gross profit from organic revenue growth and managing and reducing operating and overhead costs

 

However, management cannot provide any assurances that the Company will be successful in accomplishing any of its plans.  Management also cannot provide any assurance that unforeseen circumstances that could occur at any time within the next twelve months or thereafter will not increase the need for the Company to raise additional capital on an immediate basis. In addition, the Company has received a letter of support from a significant shareholder pertaining to the arbitration loss, whereby the shareholder has agreed to provide funds to the Company sufficient to settle the arbitration loss in full referred to in Note 12, in return for consideration as may be agreed.

 

However, based upon an evaluation of the Company’s continued growth trajectory, past success in raising capital and meetings its obligations as well as its plans for raising capital discussed above, management believes that the Company is a going concern.

Operating activities

For the transition period ended December 31, 2016, net cash used in operations was $1,208.  The Company’s principal source of financing for its operation is its accounts receivable lines of credit which is included in financing activities.  During the transition period, net draws from such lines of credit were $1,739.  Net cash used was primarily attributable to the net loss of $3,610, changes in operating assets and liabilities totaling $1,232, offset by non-cash adjustments of $3,634. Changes in operating assets and liabilities primarily relates to an increase in accounts receivable of $1,896, an increase in other assets of $627, offset by a decrease in prepaid expenses of $399, an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $542, and increase in other of $380. Non-cash adjustments of $3,634 primarily relates to depreciation and amortization of $1,773, amortization of debt discount and beneficial conversion feature of $1,409, share based compensation totaling $392, loss on settlement of debt of $162, offset by other of $104.

For the year ended May 31, 2016, net cash provided by operations was $2,094.   The Company’s principal source of financing for its operation is its accounts receivable lines of credit which is included in financing activities.  During the year ended May 31, 2016, net draws from such lines of credit were $850.  Net cash provided by operating activities was primarily attributable to the net loss of $9,485 offset by changes in operating assets and liabilities totaling $4,231, which primarily relates to a decrease in accounts receivable of $2,098, a decrease in prepaid expenses of $55, an increase in other assets of $637, an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $2,800, a decrease in other current liabilities of $10, an increase in other long-term liabilities of $388 and a decrease in other of $288, non-cash adjustments of $5,508 of depreciation and amortization, share based compensation totaling $2,151, modification expense of $93, gain on settlement of debt of $566, interest paid in common stock of $113 and write-off of fixed assets of $49.

Cash used in operations was $3,129 for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2015, The Company’s principal source of financing for its operation is its accounts receivable lines of credit which is included in financing activities.  During the year ended May 31, 2015, net draws from such lines of credit were $1,755.  Net cash used on operating activities was primarily attributable to the net loss of $17,550 offset by changes in operating assets and liabilities totaling $306, which primarily relates to an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $2,656, an increase in prepaid expenses of $142, an increase in other assets of $380, an increase in accounts receivable of $1,723, a decrease in other current liabilities of $142, an increase in  other long-term liabilities of $118 and a decrease in other of $81, non-cash adjustments of $6,931 of depreciation and amortization, impairment of intangibles of $703, warrants issued for interest of $2,213, modification expense of $3,093, gain on settlement of debt of $921, gain on conversion of earn-out liability of $486, interest paid in stock of $420, write-off of fixed assets of $46 and share based compensation of $2,058.

31


 

Investing activities

For the transition period ended December 31, 2016, net cash flows used in investing activities was $1,269 and was attributable to payments to sellers of Lighthouse and JM Group of $946, fixed assets purchases of $221, and payments due to earn outs for $102.

For the year ended May 31, 2016, net cash flows used in investing activities was $5,290 and was attributable to the purchase of fixed assets of $205, payments due to earn-out agreements totaling $160, posting of surety bond of $1,405, purchase of variable interest entity of $101 and acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired of $3,419.

For the year ended May 31, 2015, net cash flows used in investing activities was $2,014 and was attributable to the purchase of fixed assets of $255, payments due to sellers totaling $1,347, payments of $383 made for the earn-out agreement and cash relinquished in sale of subsidiary (Cyber 360) of $29.

Financing activities

For the transition period ended December 31, 2016, net cash flows provided by financing activities totaled $1,160 and was attributable to proceeds private placements of $2,495, proceeds from accounts receivable financing of $1,739, proceeds from promissory notes issued of $670, offset by repayments of promissory notes $2,607, repayment of accounts receivable over advance of $863, and financing costs associated with private placements of $274.

For the year ended May 31, 2016, net cash flows provided by financing activities totaled $5,146 and was attributable to proceeds relating to accounts receivable financing of $1,713, proceeds of $4,742 from the issuance of convertible promissory notes, proceeds from private placements of $2,851 and proceeds of $1,990 from the issuance of promissory notes. In addition, the Company paid $896 in third-party financing costs, repaid $664 in convertible notes, repaid promissory notes of $3,115, repaid bonds totaling $1,102 and paid third-party financing costs associated with private placements totaling $302.

For the year ended May 31, 2015, net cash flows provided by financing activities totaled $3,857 and was attributable to proceeds relating to accounts receivable financing of $1,755, proceeds of $404 from the issuance of convertible promissory notes, proceeds of $5,405 from the issuance of promissory notes and proceeds of $2,042 from the issuance of convertible bonds. In addition, the Company paid $1,428 in third-party financing costs, repaid $1,100 in convertible notes, and repaid promissory notes of $3,221.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our significant accounting policies are fully described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements for the transition period ended December 31, 2016 contained herein.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2017-04, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment”. The amendments in this update modify the concept of impairment from the condition that exists when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value to the condition that exists when the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value. An entity no longer will determine goodwill impairment by calculating the implied fair value of goodwill by assigning the fair value of a reporting unit to all of its assets and liabilities as if that reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. The guidance is effective for annual periods fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, “Business Combinations (Topic 805) Clarifying the Definition of a Business”. The amendments in this update is to clarify the definition of a business with the objective of adding guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. The definition of a business affects many areas of accounting including acquisitions, disposals, goodwill, and consolidation. The guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those periods. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230) Restricted Cash”. The new guidance requires that the reconciliation of the beginning-of-period and end-of-period amounts shown in the statement of cash flows include

32


 

restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents. If restricted cash is presented separately from cash and cash equivalents on the balance sheet, companies will be required to reconcile the amounts presented on the statement of cash flows to the amounts on the balance sheet. Companies will also need to disclose information about the nature of the restrictions. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230) Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments”. The new guidance is intended to reduce diversity in practice in how certain transactions are classified in the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-15 is effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2019. Early adoption is permitted, provided that all of the amendments are adopted in the same period. The guidance requires application using a retrospective transition method. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, “Stock Compensation”, regarding the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. The guidance is to be applied for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and interim periods within those annual periods, and early adoption is permitted. The guidance requires companies to apply the requirements retrospectively, modified retrospectively, or prospectively depending on the amendment(s) applied. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases” (Topic 842).  This guidance will be effective for public entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 including the interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application is permitted. Under the new provisions, all lessees will report a right-of-use asset and a liability for the obligation to make payments for all leases with the exception of those leases with a term of 12 months or less.  All other leases will fall into one of two categories: (i) Financing leases, similar to capital leases, which will require the recognition of an asset and liability, measured at the present value of the lease payments and (ii) Operating leases which will require the recognition of an asset and liability measured at the present value of the lease payments. Lessor accounting remains substantially unchanged with the exception that no leases entered into after the effective date will be classified as leveraged leases. For sale leaseback transactions, the sale will only be recognized if the criteria in the new revenue recognition standard are met. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, “Financial Instruments—Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities”, which amends the guidance relating to the classification and measurement of financial instruments. Changes to the current guidance primarily affect the accounting for equity investments, financial liabilities under the fair value option, and the presentation and disclosure requirements for financial instruments. In addition, the ASU clarifies guidance related to the valuation allowance assessment when recognizing deferred tax assets resulting from unrealized losses on available-for-sale debt securities. The new standard is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and upon adoption, an entity should apply the amendments by means of a cumulative-effect adjustment to the balance sheet at the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is effective. Early adoption is not permitted except for the provision to record fair value changes for financial liabilities under the fair value option resulting from instrument-specific credit risk in other comprehensive income. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance.

In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-16, “Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement–Period Adjustments”. Changes to the accounting for measurement-period adjustments relate to business combinations. Currently, an acquiring entity is required to retrospectively adjust the balance sheet amounts of the acquiree recognized at the acquisition date with a corresponding adjustment to goodwill as a result of changes made to the balance sheet amounts of the acquiree. The measurement period is the period after the acquisition date during which the acquirer may adjust the balance sheet amounts recognized for a business combination (generally up to one year from the date of acquisition). The changes eliminate the requirement to make such retrospective adjustments, and, instead require the acquiring entity to record these adjustments in the reporting period they are determined. The new standard is effective for both public and private companies for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015. The Adoption of this guidance has no material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”. ASU 2014-09 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements of FASB ASC Topic 605, “Revenue Recognition” and most industry-specific guidance throughout the ASC, resulting in the creation of FASB ASC Topic 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”. ASU 2014-09 requires entities to recognize revenue in a way that depicts the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. This ASU provides alternative methods of adoption. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-14, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers, Deferral of the Effective Date”. ASU 2015-14 defers the effective date of ASU 2014-09 by one year to December 15, 2017 for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after that date and permits early adoption of the standard, but not before the original effective date for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016. In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-08, “Revenue from

33


 

Contracts with Customers, Principal versus Agent Considerations” (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net) clarifying the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations. Specifically, an entity is required to determine whether the nature of a promise is to provide the specified good or service itself (that is, the entity is a principal) or to arrange for the good or service to be provided to the customer by the other party (that is, the entity is an agent). The determination influences the timing and amount of revenue recognition. In April 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-10, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers, Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing”, clarifying the implementation guidance on identifying performance obligations and licensing. The amendments in this ASU clarify the two following aspects (a) contracts with customers to transfer goods and services in exchange for consideration and (b) determining whether an entity’s promise to grant a license provides a customer with either a right to use the entity’s intellectual property (which is satisfied at a point in time) or a right to access the entity’s intellectual property (which is satisfied over time). The effective date and transition requirements for ASU 2016-08 and ASU 2016-10 are the same as the effective date and transition requirements for ASU 2014-09. The Company is currently assessing the potential impact of adopting ASU 2014-09, ASU 2016-08 and ASU 2016-10 on its financial statements and related disclosures.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

Not required for smaller reporting companies.

34


 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

F-1

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2016, May 31, 2016 and 2015

 

F-2

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Transition Period ended December 31, 2016, Fiscal Years ended May 31, 2016 and 2015

 

F-3

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the Transition Period ended December 31, 2016, Fiscal Years ended May 31, 2016 and 2015

 

F-4

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the Transition Period ended December 31, 2016, Fiscal Years ended May 31, 2016 and 2015

 

F-5

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Transition Period ended December 31, 2016, Fiscal Years ended May 31, 2016 and 2015

 

F-10

 

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-11

 

 

 

35


 

805 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

212.838-5100

212.838.2676/ Fax

www.rbsmllp.com

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.:

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2016, May 31, 2016 and 2015 and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, statements of changes in equity and cash flows for the period in the transition year ended December 31, 2016 and the two years in the period ended May 31, 2016. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. at December 31, 2016, May 31, 2016 and 2015, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the transition period ended December 31, 2016 and each of the years in the two year period ended May 31, 2016, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

/s/ RBSM LLP

New York, NY

April 12, 2017

 

 

F-1


 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values)

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

May 31,

 

 

May 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

650

 

 

$

1,969

 

 

$

19

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

22,274

 

 

 

20,378

 

 

 

18,760

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

613

 

 

 

1,012

 

 

 

1,023

 

Total Current Assets

 

 

23,537

 

 

 

23,359

 

 

 

19,802

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

919

 

 

 

880

 

 

 

506

 

Goodwill

 

 

15,779

 

 

 

14,833

 

 

 

8,400

 

Identifiable Intangible assets, net

 

 

9,149

 

 

 

10,741

 

 

 

10,569

 

Other assets

 

 

4,573

 

 

 

3,946

 

 

 

1,904

 

Total Assets

 

$

53,957

 

 

$

53,759

 

 

$

41,181

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

$

18,110

 

 

$

17,595

 

 

$

11,282

 

Current portion of long term debt

 

 

3,639

 

 

 

6,098

 

 

 

2,591

 

Accounts receivable financing

 

 

15,605

 

 

 

14,729

 

 

 

13,016

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

1,274

 

 

 

1,497

 

 

 

317

 

Total Current Liabilities

 

 

38,628

 

 

 

39,919

 

 

 

27,206

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt

 

 

3,997

 

 

 

3,186

 

 

 

2,312

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

3,054

 

 

 

3,142

 

 

 

2,161

 

Total Liabilities

 

 

45,679

 

 

 

46,247

 

 

 

31,679

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series D Preferred Stock, 5,000 designated, $10,000 stated value; 93, 0 and 0 shares issued

   and outstanding, respectively

 

 

612

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.00001 par value, 20,000,000 shares authorized;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series A Preferred Stock, 1,663,008 designated, $10.00 stated value, 1,663,008

   shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016, May 31, 2016 and 2015,

   respectively

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series B Preferred Stock, 200,000 designated, $10.00 stated value, 0, 133,000

   and 0 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016, May 31, 2016 and

   2015, respectively

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series C Preferred Stock, 2,000,000 designated, $1.00 stated value, 0, 175,439

   and 0 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016, May 31, 2016 and

   2015, respectively

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.00001 par value, 20,000,000 shares authorized; 9,139,795, 6,306,744

   and 4,368,924 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016, May 31, 2016

   and 2015, respectively

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

54,658

 

 

 

51,474

 

 

 

42,884

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

855

 

 

 

159

 

 

 

(27

)

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(47,847

)

 

 

(44,121

)

 

 

(34,408

)

Total Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. Equity

 

 

7,666

 

 

 

7,512

 

 

 

8,449

 

Non-controlling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,053

 

Total Equity

 

 

7,666

 

 

 

7,512

 

 

 

9,502

 

Total Liabilities, Mezzanine Equity and Equity

 

$

53,957

 

 

$

53,759

 

 

$

41,181

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

F-2


 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and per share values)

 

 

 

Transition

Period Ended

 

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

May 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Revenue

 

$

109,422

 

 

 

$

165,552

 

 

$

128,829

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization stated below

 

 

90,285

 

 

 

 

136,505

 

 

 

106,281

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Profit

 

 

19,137

 

 

 

 

29,047

 

 

 

22,548

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses, excluding depreciation and amortization stated below

 

 

17,993

 

 

 

 

30,781

 

 

 

25,736

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

1,773

 

 

 

 

2,864

 

 

 

2,711

 

Impairment of identifiable intangibles

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

703

 

Operating expenses - restructuring

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

867

 

Total Operating Expenses

 

 

19,766

 

 

 

 

33,645

 

 

 

30,017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss From Operations

 

 

(629

)

 

 

 

(4,598

)

 

 

(7,469

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other (Expenses) Income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

(1,382

)

 

 

 

(2,699

)

 

 

(1,646

)

Amortization of beneficial conversion feature

 

 

(430

)

 

 

 

(727

)

 

 

(2,475

)

Amortization of debt discount and deferred financing

 

 

(979

)

 

 

 

(1,917

)

 

 

(1,745

)

Other (expense) income

 

 

(162

)

 

 

 

566

 

 

 

142

 

Gain on conversion of earn-out liability - restructuring

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

486

 

Interest expense - restructuring

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,542

)

Gain on settlement of debt - restructuring

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

779

 

Modification expense

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

(72

)

 

 

 

Modification expense - restructuring

 

 

(10

)

 

 

 

(21

)

 

 

(3,093

)

Total Other Expenses

 

 

(2,965

)

 

 

 

(4,870

)

 

 

(10,094

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss Before Provision For Income Tax

 

 

(3,594

)

 

 

 

(9,468

)

 

 

(17,563

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Provision for) benefit from income taxes

 

 

(16

)

 

 

 

(17

)

 

 

60

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Loss From Continued Operations

 

 

(3,610

)

 

 

 

(9,485

)

 

 

(17,503

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Loss From Discontinued Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(47

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Loss

 

 

(3,610

)

 

 

 

(9,485

)

 

 

(17,550

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income attributable to non-controlling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

471

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Loss Before Preferred Share Dividends

 

 

(3,610

)

 

 

 

(9,513

)

 

 

(18,021

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends - Series A preferred stock

 

 

116

 

 

 

 

200

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stock

 

$

(3,726

)

 

 

$

(9,713

)

 

$

(18,071

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and Diluted Net Loss per Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing Operations

 

$

(0.45

)

 

 

$

(1.93

)

 

$

(4.57

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discontinued Operations

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

(0.01

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attributable to Common Stock

 

$

(0.46

)

 

 

$

(1.98

)

 

$

(4.72

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted Average Shares Outstanding – Basic and Diluted

 

 

8,105,236

 

 

 

 

4,909,809

 

 

 

3,829,164

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

F-3


 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(All amounts in thousands)

 

 

 

Transition

Period Ended

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

May 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Net Loss

 

$

(3,610

)

 

$

(9,485

)

 

$

(17,550

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Comprehensive Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange translation

 

 

696

 

 

 

186

 

 

 

10

 

Comprehensive Loss Attributable to the Company

 

$

(2,914

)

 

$

(9,299

)

 

$

(17,540

)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-4


 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values)

 

 

 

Preferred Stock -

Series A

 

 

Preferred Stock -

Series B

 

 

Preferred Stock -

Series C

 

 

Preferred Stock -

Series D

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Additional

 

 

Accumulated

Other

 

 

Non-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Paid In

Capital

 

 

Comprehensive

Income (Loss)

 

 

controlling

Interest

 

 

Accumulated

Deficit

 

 

Total

Equity

 

Balance May 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

3,295,073

 

 

$

 

 

$

26,410

 

 

$

(37

)

 

$

583

 

 

$

(16,337

)

 

$

10,619

 

Shares issued for conversion of officers bonuses

 

 

1,663,008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

778

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

778

 

Common stock issued to consultants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,250

 

 

 

 

 

 

215

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

215

 

Common stock issued pursuant to conversion of convertible notes payable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

600

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

600

 

Common stock issued pursuant to conversion of accrued interest related to convertible notes payable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

791

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

Shares issued in connection with convertible notes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,450

 

 

 

 

 

 

123

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

123

 

Shares issued to board of directors as compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30,250

 

 

 

 

 

 

284

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

284

 

Shares issued to private placement agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,651

 

 

 

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28

 

Shares issued in connection with convertible bonds - Series A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,600

 

 

 

 

 

 

174

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

174

 

Shares issued in connection with settlement agreement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

256

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

256

 

Common stock issued as interest on debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

43,375

 

 

 

 

 

 

309

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

309

 

Shares issued in connection with convertible bonds - Series B

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,815

 

 

 

 

 

 

124

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

124

 

F-5


 

 

 

Preferred Stock -

Series A

 

 

Preferred Stock -

Series B

 

 

Preferred Stock -

Series C

 

 

Preferred Stock -

Series D

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Additional

 

 

Accumulated

Other

 

 

Non-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Paid In

Capital

 

 

Comprehensive

Income (Loss)

 

 

controlling

Interest

 

 

Accumulated

Deficit

 

 

Total

Equity

 

Shares issued in connection with extensions of convertible bonds - Series A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,290

 

 

 

 

 

 

94

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

94

 

Shares issued in connection with extensions of convertible note

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,604

 

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

Shares issued as conversion of accounts payable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,662

 

 

 

 

 

 

216

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

216

 

Shares issued as conversion of  Initio Promissory Notes - Debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

305,603

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,290

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,290

 

Shares issued as conversion of  Initio Promissory Notes - Interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30,236

 

 

 

 

 

 

226

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

226

 

Modification expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,093

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,093

 

Shares issued in connection with convertible bonds - Series A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

370,969

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,710

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,710

 

Shares issued for conversion of earnout liability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

113,405

 

 

 

 

 

 

340

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

340

 

Shares issued as a bonus

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22,400

 

 

 

 

 

 

188

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

188

 

Beneficial conversion feature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

846

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

846

 

Warrants issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,213

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,213

 

Options issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

338

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

338

 

Dividends - Preferred Stock - Series A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(50

)

 

 

(50

)

Foreign currency translation gain

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

Non-controlling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

470

 

 

 

 

 

 

470

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(18,021

)

 

 

(18,021

)

Balance May 31, 2015

 

 

1,663,008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,368,924

 

 

 

 

 

 

42,884

 

 

 

(27

)

 

 

1,053

 

 

 

(34,408

)

 

 

9,502

 

 

F-6


 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values)

 

 

 

Preferred Stock -

Series A

 

 

Preferred Stock -

Series B

 

 

Preferred Stock -

Series C

 

 

Preferred Stock -

Series D

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Additional

 

 

Accumulated

Other

 

 

Non-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Paid In

Capital

 

 

Comprehensive

Income (Loss)

 

 

controlling

Interest

 

 

Accumulated

Deficit

 

 

Total

Equity

 

Balance May 31, 2015

 

 

1,663,008

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

4,368,924

 

 

$

 

 

$

42,884

 

 

$

(27

)

 

$

1,053

 

 

$

(34,408

)

 

$

9,502

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock issued to consultants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

81,746

 

 

 

 

 

 

349

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

349

 

Common stock issued pursuant to issuance of convertible notes payable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

125,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

507

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

507

 

Shares issued to board of directors as compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

107,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

531

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

531

 

Shares issued to employees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

260,310

 

 

 

 

 

 

879

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

879

 

Modification expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

93

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

93

 

Shares issued pursuant to acquisition of subsidiary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

102,460

 

 

 

 

 

 

700

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

700

 

Beneficial conversion feature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,105

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,105

 

Fair value of warrants issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

413

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

413

 

Fair value of options issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

358

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

358

 

Shares issued in connection with extensions of convertible bonds - Series A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,375

 

 

 

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24

 

Shares issued in connection with extensions of convertible bonds - Series B

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,750

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

Shares issued to private placement agent in relation to extension of Series B bond offerings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29,731

 

 

 

 

 

 

114

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

114

 

Shares issued in connection with conversion of accrued bonuses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,709

 

 

 

 

 

 

42

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

42

 

Preferred shares issued in connection with convertible notes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

133,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

315

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

315

 

F-7


 

 

 

Preferred Stock -

Series A

 

 

Preferred Stock -

Series B

 

 

Preferred Stock -

Series C

 

 

Preferred Stock -

Series D

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Additional

 

 

Accumulated

Other

 

 

Non-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Paid In

Capital

 

 

Comprehensive

Income (Loss)

 

 

controlling

Interest

 

 

Accumulated

Deficit

 

 

Total

Equity

 

Shares issued in connection with promissory notes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

65

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

65

 

Common shares issued for private placement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

888,705

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,090

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,090

 

Preferred shares issued for private placement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

175,439

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

460

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

460

 

Dividends - Preferred Stock - Series A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(200

)

 

 

(200

)

Tender offer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

164,477

 

 

 

 

 

 

(18

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(18

)

Warrant exchange

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

128,557

 

 

 

 

 

 

(430

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(430

)

Foreign currency translation gain

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

186

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

186

 

Non-controlling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

 

 

 

28

 

Purchase of non-controlling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

981

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,081

)

 

 

 

 

 

(100

)

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9,513

)

 

 

(9,513

)

Balance May 31, 2016

 

 

1,663,008

 

 

 

 

 

 

133,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

175,439

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,306,744

 

 

 

 

 

 

51,474

 

 

 

159

 

 

 

 

 

 

(44,121

)

 

 

7,512

 

 

F-8


 

 

 

Preferred Stock -

Series A

 

 

Preferred Stock -

Series B

 

 

Preferred Stock -

Series C

 

 

Preferred Stock -

Series D

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Additional

 

 

Accumulated

Other

 

 

Non-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Paid In

Capital

 

 

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

 

controlling

Interest

 

 

Accumulated Deficit

 

 

Total Equity

 

Balance May 31, 2016

 

 

1,663,008

 

 

$

 

 

 

133,000

 

 

$

 

 

 

175,439

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

6,306,744

 

 

$

 

 

$

51,474

 

 

$

159

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

(44,121

)

 

$

7,512

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock issued to consultants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

38,297

 

 

 

 

 

 

66

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

66

 

Shares issued to board of directors as compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,750

 

 

 

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20

 

Shares issued to employees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,800

 

 

 

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

43

 

Modification expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

Shares issued pursuant to acquisition of subsidiary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20

 

Fair value of options issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

210

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

210

 

Shares issued in connection with convertible notes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(133,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

133,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares issued in connection with extension of convertible notes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

890,910

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,149

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,149

 

Shares issued in connection with extension of convertible bonds - Series B

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,250

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Common shares issued for private placement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

210,645

 

 

 

 

 

 

426

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

426

 

Shares issued in connection with conversion of private placement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(175,439

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

175,439

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends - Preferred Stock - Series A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(116

)

 

 

(116

)

Preferred shares issued - Series D

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

93

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,340,960

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,183

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,183

 

Shares issued in connection with LTIP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

53

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

53

 

Foreign currency translation gain

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

696

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

696

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,610

)

 

 

(3,610

)

Balance December 31, 2016

 

 

1,663,008

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

93

 

 

$

 

 

 

9,139,795

 

 

$

 

 

$

54,658

 

 

$

855

 

 

$

 

 

$

(47,847

)

 

$

7,666

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-9


 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(All amounts in thousands)

 

 

 

Transition

Period Ended

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

May 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(3,610

)

 

$

(9,485

)

 

$

(17,550

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in)

   operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

47

 

Depreciation

 

 

181

 

 

 

232

 

 

 

158

 

Write off of property and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

49

 

 

 

46

 

Amortization of identifiable intangible assets

 

 

1,592

 

 

 

2,632

 

 

 

2,553

 

Amortization of debt discount, deferred financing costs and beneficial conversion feature

 

 

1,409

 

 

 

2,644

 

 

 

4,220

 

Impairment of identifiable intangibles

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

703

 

Stock based compensation

 

 

392

 

 

 

2,151

 

 

 

2,058

 

Warrants issued as interest to noteholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,213

 

Modification expense

 

 

(104

)

 

 

93

 

 

 

3,093

 

Gain on settlement of debt

 

 

162

 

 

 

(566

)

 

 

(921

)

Gain on conversion of earn-out liability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(486

)

Interest paid in common stock

 

 

2

 

 

 

113

 

 

 

420

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(1,896

)

 

 

2,098

 

 

 

(1,723

)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

399

 

 

 

55

 

 

 

(142

)

Other assets

 

 

(627

)

 

 

(637

)

 

 

(380

)

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

 

542

 

 

 

2,800

 

 

 

2,618

 

Accounts payable - Related parties

 

 

 

 

 

(175

)

 

 

38

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

30

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(142

)

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

(60

)

 

 

388

 

 

 

118

 

Other, net

 

 

380

 

 

 

(288

)

 

 

(81

)

NET CASH (USED IN) PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES - CONTINUING

   OPERATIONS

 

 

(1,208

)

 

 

2,094

 

 

 

(3,140

)

NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES - DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

NET CASH (USED IN) PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

(1,208

)

 

 

2,094

 

 

 

(3,129

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

 

 

 

 

 

(3,419

)

 

 

 

Acquisition - payments due to seller

 

 

(946

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1,347

)

Payments for earn-outs

 

 

(102

)

 

 

(160

)

 

 

(383

)

Posting of surety bond

 

 

 

 

 

(1,405

)

 

 

 

Cash relinquished in sale of subsidiary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(29

)

Purchase of variable interest entity

 

 

 

 

 

(101

)

 

 

 

Purchase of property and equipment

 

 

(221

)

 

 

(205

)

 

 

(255

)

NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

(1,269

)

 

 

(5,290

)

 

 

(2,014

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Third-party financing costs

 

 

 

 

 

(896

)

 

 

(1,428

)

Proceeds from convertible notes

 

 

 

 

 

4,742

 

 

 

404

 

Third party financing cost associated with repayment of debt

 

 

 

 

 

(71

)

 

 

 

Repayment of convertible notes

 

 

 

 

 

(664

)

 

 

(1,100

)

Proceeds from promissory notes

 

 

670

 

 

 

1,990

 

 

 

5,405

 

Repayment of promissory notes

 

 

(2,607

)

 

 

(3,115

)

 

 

(3,221

)

Proceeds from accounts receivable financing, net

 

 

1,739

 

 

 

850

 

 

 

1,755

 

Proceeds (prepayment) from overadvance of accounts receivable financing

 

 

(863

)

 

 

863

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from private placements

 

 

2,495

 

 

 

2,851

 

 

 

 

Financing cost associated with private placements

 

 

(274

)

 

 

(302

)

 

 

 

Proceeds from sale of bonds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,042

 

Repayment of bonds

 

 

 

 

 

(1,102

)

 

 

 

NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

1,160

 

 

 

5,146

 

 

 

3,857

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH

 

 

(1,317

)

 

 

1,950

 

 

 

(1,286

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH - Beginning of period

 

 

1,969

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

1,296

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH - End of period

 

$

650

 

 

$

1,969

 

 

$

19

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

F-10


 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

 

NOTE 1 – ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. (“we,” “us,” “our,” “Staffing 360,” or the “Company”) was incorporated in the State of Nevada on December 22, 2009, as Golden Fork Corporation, which changed its name to Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., ticker symbol “STAF”, on March 16, 2012.

The Company effected a one-for-ten reverse stock split on September 17, 2015. Following the reverse split, the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of common stock decreased from 45,732,674 to 4,573,360. All share and per share information in these consolidated financial statements has been retroactively adjusted to reflect this reverse stock split.

 

 

 

NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

These consolidated financial statements and related notes are presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”), expressed in U.S. dollars.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis which implies the Company will continue to meet its obligations for the next 12 months as of the date these financial statements are issued.    

In July 2016, the Company received an unfavorable ruling in the matter of Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. v. Former Officers of Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., for which, as of the December 31, 2016, $1,607 has been accrued. The timing of payment for this loss is not yet known. It requires confirmation of the award by a Court, the date for which has not yet been set.

On January 26, 2017, the Company entered into a $7,400 million financing transaction with Jackson Investment Group, LLC. The capital was used in part to pay short-term debt obligations. As of the date these financial statements are issued, the Company has approximately $4,377 million associated with debt and other amortizing obligations, due in the next 12 months. The Company’s projected cash flows from operations include the assumption that the arbitration loss will be paid in the next 12 months, and are sufficient to address this and its other obligations in the normal course of business.

While management’s projected cash flows are forecasted to be sufficient to meet the Company’s obligations over the next 12 months, management believes it is prudent to continue its capital raising efforts in case its forecast is not achieved. Management’s plan to continue as a going concern includes raising capital in the form of debt or equity, increased gross profit from organic revenue growth and managing and reducing operating and overhead costs.  

However, management cannot provide any assurances that the Company will be successful in accomplishing any of its plans. Management also cannot provide any assurance that unforeseen circumstances that could occur at any time within the next twelve months or thereafter will not increase the need for the Company to raise additional capital on an immediate basis. In addition, the Company has received a letter of support from a significant shareholder pertaining to the arbitration loss, whereby the shareholder has agreed to provide funds to the Company sufficient to settle the arbitration loss in full referred to in Note 12, in return for consideration as may be agreed.

However, based upon an evaluation of the Company’s continued growth trajectory, past success in raising capital and meetings its obligations as well as its plans for raising capital discussed above, management believes that the Company is a going concern.

Change of Year End

On February 28, 2017, the Board of Directors (the “Board”) approved the change of the Company’s fiscal year end from May 31 to a 52-53 week year ending on the Saturday closest to the 31st of December. This may be a date that occurs in January of the following calendar year. In a 52 week fiscal year, each of the Company’s quarterly periods will comprise 13 weeks. In a 53 week fiscal year, one quarter will consist of 14 weeks. This transition report on Form 10-K/T covers the transition period beginning on June 1, 2016 through December 31, 2016. Annual reports on Form 10-K/T covering 52-53 week years will be filed thereafter. As a result of the change in fiscal year end, this filing includes financial statements showing the Company’s financial results for the transition period from June 1, 2016 through December 31, 2016 (the “Transition Period”). The comparative information provided for the period from June 1, 2015 to

F-11


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

December 26, 2015 presented in the notes hereto is unaudited as it represents an interim period during the fiscal year ended May 31, 2016.

Variable Interest Entities

On May 17, 2014, the Company purchased 49% of the issued and outstanding common stock of PeopleServe PRS, Inc. (“PRS”). At the date of acquisition, the Company concluded that the Company was the primary beneficiary of PRS's results as it would have effective control over the operations of PRS, similarly to PeopleSERVE, Inc. (“PSI”), and expected to absorb the majority of PRS’ expected losses and expected residual returns.  Accordingly, the Company consolidated the results of PRS. All inter-company transactions have been eliminated. Non-controlling interest in PRS was recorded in accordance with the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 810 “Consolidation”, and reported as a component of equity, separate from the parent company’s equity.

As of May 31, 2015, the total assets and liabilities of PRS are $2,531 and $1,610, respectively.  The total revenue and expenses for the year ended May 31, 2015 are $11,177 and $10,254, respectively.

On April 29, 2016, the Company entered into an Agreement whereby it purchased the remaining 51% of ownership of PRS. The purchase was recorded in the consolidated balance sheet as a $981 increase in paid in capital and a $1,081 reduction in non-controlling interest. On the date of the Agreement, the Company paid cash of $100 to the PRS shareholder. Upon payment and as of May 31, 2016, the Company now owns 100% of PRS and will no longer report non-controlling interest for PRS.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses in the reporting period. The Company bases its estimates and assumptions on current facts, historical experience and various other factors that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the accrual of costs and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. The actual results experienced the Company may differ materially and adversely from its estimates. To the extent there are material differences between estimates and the actual results, future results of operations will be affected. Significant estimates for the Transition Period and years ended May 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, include the valuation of intangible assets, including goodwill, liabilities associated with earn-out obligations, testing long-lived assets for impairment, valuation reserves against deferred tax assets and valuation of financial instruments.

 

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue when it is realized or realizable and earned. The Company considers revenue realized or realizable and earned when all of the following criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) the services have been rendered to the customer, (iii) the sales price is fixed or determinable, and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured.

 

Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental Agencies

The Company records taxes on customer transactions due to governmental agencies as a receivable and a liability on the consolidated balance sheets.

Advertising Costs

Costs for advertising are expensed when incurred. Advertising expenses for the Company are not material.

Legal Contingencies and Expenses

From time to time, the Company may become involved in various claims, disputes and legal or regulatory proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business and relate to contractual and other obligations. The Company assesses its potential contingent and other liabilities by analyzing its claims, disputes and legal and regulatory matters using all available information, and developing its views on estimated losses in consultation with its legal and other advisors. The Company determines whether a loss from a contingency

F-12


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

should be accrued by assessing whether a loss is deemed probable and can be reasonably estimated. If the contingency is not probable or cannot be reasonably estimated, disclosure of the contingency shall be made when there is at least a reasonable possibility that a loss may be incurred. Expenses associated with legal contingencies are expensed as incurred.

 

Restructuring Charges

The Company records a liability for significant costs associated with exit or disposal activities, including lease termination costs, certain employee severance costs associated with formal restructuring plans, facility closings or other similar activities and related asset impairments, when the liability is incurred.

The determination of when the Company accrues for severance and related costs depends on whether the termination benefits are provided under a one-time benefit arrangement or under an ongoing benefit arrangement. Where the Company has either a formal severance plan or a history of consistently providing severance benefits representing a substantive plan, it recognizes severance costs when they are both probable and estimable. Costs associated with restructuring actions that include one-time severance benefits are only recorded once a liability has been incurred, including when management with the proper level of authority has committed to a restructuring plan and the plan has been communicated to employees. These charges are included in operational restructuring and other charges on the consolidated statements of operations. Other charges include knowledge transfer costs directly related to the restructuring initiatives and are expensed as incurred.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid instruments with original maturities of three months or less when acquired, to be cash equivalents.  The Company had no cash equivalents at December 31, 2016, May 31, 2016 and May 31, 2015.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are presented net of an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses. The Company reviews the accounts receivable on a periodic basis and makes general and specific allowances when there is doubt as to the collectability of individual balances. In evaluating the collectability of individual receivable balances, the Company considers many factors, including the age of the balance, a customer’s historical payment history, its current credit-worthiness and current economic trends. Accounts are written off after all efforts to collect have been exhausted. At December 31, 2016, May 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had an allowance for doubtful accounts of $372, $382, and $270 respectively.

 

Income Taxes

The Company utilizes Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 740, "Accounting for Income Taxes," which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns.  Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences in future years of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts at each period end based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

The Company applies the provisions of ASC 740-10-50, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes”, which provides clarification related to the process associated with accounting for uncertain tax positions recognized in the financial statements. Audit periods remain open for review until the statute of limitations has passed. The completion of review or the expiration of the statute of limitations for a given audit period could result in an adjustment to the Company’s liability for income taxes. Any such adjustment could be material to the Company’s results of operations for any given quarterly or annual period based, in part, upon the results of operations for the given period. As of the date of this filing, the Company is current on all corporate, federal and state tax returns.

 

Foreign Currency Translation

Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries operating in foreign countries are translated into U.S. dollars using the exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date and equity is translated at historical rate. Results of operations are translated using average exchange rates. The effects of exchange rate fluctuations on translating foreign currency assets and liabilities into U.S. dollars are included in a separate

F-13


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

component of stockholders’ equity (accumulated other comprehensive income), while gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in operations.

Deferred Financing Costs

Costs incurred in connection with obtaining certain financing are deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related obligation. In accordance with Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2015-03, “Imputation of Interest – Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs”, debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability are presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the debt liability, consistent with the presentation of a debt discount.

 

Business Combinations

In accordance with ASC 805, "Business Combinations”, the Company records acquisitions under the purchase method of accounting, under which the acquisition purchase price is allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their respective fair values. The Company utilizes management estimates and, in some instances, may retain the services of an independent third-party valuation firm to assist in determining the fair values of assets acquired, liabilities assumed and contingent consideration granted. Such estimates and valuations require us to make significant assumptions, including projections of future events and operating performance.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

In accordance with ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures”, the Company measures and accounts for certain assets and liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis. ASC 820 establishes a common definition for fair value to be applied to existing generally accepted accounting principles that require the use of fair value measurements, and establishes a framework for measuring fair value and standards for disclosure about such fair value measurements.

ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Additionally, ASC 820 requires the use of valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. These inputs are prioritized below:

 

Level 1:

Observable inputs such as quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

Level 2:

Observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data

Level 3:

Unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data, which require the use of the reporting entity’s own assumptions.

The Company did not have any Level 2 or Level 3 assets or liabilities as of December 31, 2016, May 31, 2016 and 2015.

Cash is considered to be highly liquid and easily tradable as of December 31, 2016, May 31, 2016 and 2015, therefore classified as Level 1 within our fair value hierarchy.

ASC 825-10-25, “Fair Value Option” expands opportunities to use fair value measurements in financial reporting and permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. The Company did not elect the fair value options for any of its qualifying financial instruments. 

 

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization is computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives for each category as follows:

 

Computers

 

3-5 years

Computer equipment

 

3-5 years

Network equipment

 

3-5 years

Software

 

3-5 years

Office equipment

 

3-7 years

Furniture and fixtures

 

3-7 years

Leasehold improvements

 

3-5 years

F-14


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

 

Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed using the straight-line method over the shorter of the life of the lease or the estimated useful life of the assets. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Major improvements are capitalized.

At the time of retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any gains or losses are reflected in Other income/(expenses).

 

Long-Lived Assets

In accordance with ASC 360 “Property, Plant, and Equipment”, the Company periodically reviews its long-lived assets, including identifiable intangible assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable.  The Company recognizes an impairment loss when the sum of expected undiscounted future cash flows will not be sufficient to recover an asset’s carrying amount.  The amount of impairment is measured as the difference between the estimated fair value and the book value of the underlying asset.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired in business combinations. ASC 350-30-35-4, requires that goodwill be tested for impairment at the reporting unit level (operating segment or one level below an operating segment) on an annual basis and between annual tests when circumstances indicate that the recoverability of the carrying amount of goodwill may be in doubt. Application of the goodwill impairment test requires judgment, including the identification of reporting units, assigning assets and liabilities to reporting units, assigning goodwill to reporting units, and determining the fair value. Significant judgments required to estimate the fair value of reporting units include estimating future cash flows, determining appropriate discount rates and other assumptions. Changes in these estimates and assumptions could materially affect the determination of fair value and/or goodwill impairment for each reporting unit. There were no impairments recorded for the periods presented.

Due to the Company changing its year end to the Saturday closest to the 31st of December, the Company performed its annual goodwill impairment testing as of October 1, 2016, and going forward will be performed annually on the first day of its fourth fiscal quarter of every year, to coincide with the Company’s annual planning cycle.  

 

Convertible Instruments

The Company evaluates and accounts for conversion options embedded in its convertible instruments in accordance with ASC 815, “Derivative and Hedging”.

Accounting standards generally provides three criteria that, if met, require companies to bifurcate conversion options from their host instruments and account for them as free standing derivative financial instruments. These three criteria include circumstances in which (a) the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative instrument are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract, (b) the hybrid instrument that embodies both the embedded derivative instrument and the host contract is not re-measured at fair value under otherwise applicable generally accepted accounting principles with changes in fair value reported in earnings as they occur, and (c) a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative instrument would be considered a derivative instrument.  Professional standards also provide an exception to this rule when the host instrument is deemed to be conventional as defined under professional standards as “The Meaning of Conventional Convertible Debt Instrument.”

The Company accounts for convertible instruments (when it has determined that the embedded conversion options should not be bifurcated from their host instruments) in accordance with professional standards when “Accounting for Convertible Securities with Beneficial Conversion Features,” as those professional standards pertain to “Certain Convertible Instruments.” Accordingly, the Company records, when necessary, discounts to convertible notes for the intrinsic value of conversion options embedded in debt instruments based upon the differences between the fair value of the underlying common stock at the commitment date of the note transaction and the effective conversion price embedded in the note. Original issue discounts (“OID”) under these arrangements are amortized over the term of the related debt to their earliest date of redemption. The Company also records when necessary deemed dividends for the intrinsic value of conversion options embedded in preferred shares based upon the differences between the fair value of the underlying common stock at the commitment date of the note transaction and the effective conversion price embedded in the note.

F-15


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

ASC 815-40 provides that, among other things, generally, if an event is not within the entity’s control and could require net cash settlement, then the contract shall be classified as an asset or a liability.

 

Stock-Based Compensation 

The Company accounts for stock-based instruments issued to employees in accordance with ASC Topic 718, “Compensation – Stock Compensation”, which requires companies to recognize in the statement of operations the grant-date fair value of stock options and other equity based compensation issued to employees. The Company accounts for non-employee share-based awards in accordance with ASC Topic 505-50, “Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees”.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) consisted of cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments at December 31, 2016, May 31, 2016 and 2015.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to conform the prior period data to the current presentations. In accordance with ASU 2015-03, “Imputation of Interest – Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs”, debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability are now presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the debt liability, consistent with the presentation of a debt discount. These reclassifications had no impact on reported results of operations.

The Company has reclassified the Midcap Additional Term Loan from Long-term debt to Other long-term liabilities, as this represents the long-term portion of funds received from the Accounts receivable financing facility. This reclassification had no material impact on reported results of operations.

Discontinued Operations

On February 27, 2015, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement to sell Cyber 360, Inc. (“Cyber 360”) to former owners of The Revolution Group, Ltd. with an effective date of January 1, 2015 for an aggregate purchase price of $1.00 (whole dollars) and the settlement of the remaining earn-out obligation under the original purchase agreement. In connection with the sale, all agreements executed in connection with the original acquisition of Cyber 360’s business and all obligations thereunder, except as set forth below, were terminated. As a result of the sale, the Company no longer owns Cyber 360.

In connection with the sale and in full settlement of the remaining earn-out obligations, the Company issued 113,405 shares of the Company’s common stock with a fair value of $3.00 per share.

In accordance with ASC 205-20 “Discontinued Operations”, the results of the discontinued business have been presented as discontinued operations for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2015. The operational results of Cyber 360 are presented in the “Net loss from discontinued operations” line item on the fiscal 2015 Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Revenue, operating loss, and net loss from discontinued operations were as follows: 

 

 

Transition Period Ended

 

 

For the Years Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

May 31,

 

 

May 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Revenue

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,936

 

Operating loss

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

(44

)

Net loss from discontinued operations

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

(47

)

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2017-04, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment”. The amendments in this update modify the concept of impairment from the condition that exists when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value to the condition that exists when the

F-16


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value. An entity no longer will determine goodwill impairment by calculating the implied fair value of goodwill by assigning the fair value of a reporting unit to all of its assets and liabilities as if that reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. The guidance is effective for annual periods fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, “Business Combinations (Topic 805) Clarifying the Definition of a Business”. The amendments in this update is to clarify the definition of a business with the objective of adding guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. The definition of a business affects many areas of accounting including acquisitions, disposals, goodwill, and consolidation. The guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those periods. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230) Restricted Cash”. The new guidance requires that the reconciliation of the beginning-of-period and end-of-period amounts shown in the statement of cash flows include restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents. If restricted cash is presented separately from cash and cash equivalents on the balance sheet, companies will be required to reconcile the amounts presented on the statement of cash flows to the amounts on the balance sheet. Companies will also need to disclose information about the nature of the restrictions. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230) Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments”. The new guidance is intended to reduce diversity in practice in how certain transactions are classified in the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-15 is effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2019. Early adoption is permitted, provided that all of the amendments are adopted in the same period. The guidance requires application using a retrospective transition method. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, “Stock Compensation”, regarding the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. The guidance is to be applied for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and interim periods within those annual periods, and early adoption is permitted. The guidance requires companies to apply the requirements retrospectively, modified retrospectively, or prospectively depending on the amendment(s) applied. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases” (Topic 842).  This guidance will be effective for public entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 including the interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application is permitted. Under the new provisions, all lessees will report a right-of-use asset and a liability for the obligation to make payments for all leases with the exception of those leases with a term of 12 months or less.  All other leases will fall into one of two categories: (i) Financing leases, similar to capital leases, which will require the recognition of an asset and liability, measured at the present value of the lease payments and (ii) Operating leases which will require the recognition of an asset and liability measured at the present value of the lease payments. Lessor accounting remains substantially unchanged with the exception that no leases entered into after the effective date will be classified as leveraged leases. For sale leaseback transactions, the sale will only be recognized if the criteria in the new revenue recognition standard are met. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, “Financial Instruments—Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities”, which amends the guidance relating to the classification and measurement of financial instruments. Changes to the current guidance primarily affect the accounting for equity investments, financial liabilities under the fair value option, and the presentation and disclosure requirements for financial instruments. In addition, the ASU clarifies guidance related to the valuation allowance assessment when recognizing deferred tax assets resulting from unrealized losses on available-for-sale debt securities. The new standard is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and upon adoption, an entity should apply the amendments by means of a cumulative-effect adjustment to the balance sheet at the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is effective. Early adoption is not permitted except for the provision to record fair value changes for financial liabilities under the fair value option resulting from instrument-specific credit risk in other comprehensive income. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance.

In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-16, “Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement–Period Adjustments”. Changes to the accounting for measurement-period adjustments relate to business combinations. Currently, an acquiring entity is required to

F-17


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

retrospectively adjust the balance sheet amounts of the acquiree recognized at the acquisition date with a corresponding adjustment to goodwill as a result of changes made to the balance sheet amounts of the acquiree. The measurement period is the period after the acquisition date during which the acquirer may adjust the balance sheet amounts recognized for a business combination (generally up to one year from the date of acquisition). The changes eliminate the requirement to make such retrospective adjustments, and, instead require the acquiring entity to record these adjustments in the reporting period they are determined. The new standard is effective for both public and private companies for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015. The Adoption of this guidance has no material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”. ASU 2014-09 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements of FASB ASC Topic 605, “Revenue Recognition” and most industry-specific guidance throughout the ASC, resulting in the creation of FASB ASC Topic 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”. ASU 2014-09 requires entities to recognize revenue in a way that depicts the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. This ASU provides alternative methods of adoption. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-14, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers, Deferral of the Effective Date”. ASU 2015-14 defers the effective date of ASU 2014-09 by one year to December 15, 2017 for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after that date and permits early adoption of the standard, but not before the original effective date for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016. In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-08, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers, Principal versus Agent Considerations” (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net) clarifying the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations. Specifically, an entity is required to determine whether the nature of a promise is to provide the specified good or service itself (that is, the entity is a principal) or to arrange for the good or service to be provided to the customer by the other party (that is, the entity is an agent). The determination influences the timing and amount of revenue recognition. In April 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-10, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers, Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing”, clarifying the implementation guidance on identifying performance obligations and licensing. The amendments in this ASU clarify the two following aspects (a) contracts with customers to transfer goods and services in exchange for consideration and (b) determining whether an entity’s promise to grant a license provides a customer with either a right to use the entity’s intellectual property (which is satisfied at a point in time) or a right to access the entity’s intellectual property (which is satisfied over time). The effective date and transition requirements for ASU 2016-08 and ASU 2016-10 are the same as the effective date and transition requirements for ASU 2014-09. The Company is currently assessing the potential impact of adopting ASU 2014-09, ASU 2016-08 and ASU 2016-10 on its financial statements and related disclosures.

 

 

 

NOTE 3 – LOSS PER COMMON SHARE

The Company utilizes the guidance per ASC 260, “Earnings per Share”.  Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing income available to stockholders by the weighted average number of common stock shares outstanding during each period. Our Series A preferred stock holders receive certain dividends or dividend equivalents that are considered participating securities and our loss per share is computed using the two-class method. Diluted earnings per share are computed using the weighted average number of common stock shares and dilutive common share equivalents outstanding during the period. Dilutive common stock share equivalents consist of common shares issuable upon the conversion of preferred stock, convertible notes and the exercise of stock options and warrants (calculated using the modified treasury stock method).  Such securities, shown below, presented on a common share equivalent basis and outstanding as of December 31, 2016, May 31, 2016 and 2015 have been excluded from the per share computations, since their inclusion would be anti-dilutive:

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

May 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Convertible bonds - Series A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19,376

 

Convertible bonds - Series B

 

 

5,437

 

 

 

5,582

 

 

 

83,433

 

Convertible promissory notes

 

 

2,873,957

 

 

 

1,761,380

 

 

 

64,137

 

Convertible preferred shares

 

 

592,191

 

 

 

524,630

 

 

 

216,191

 

Warrants

 

 

33,630

 

 

 

83,764

 

 

 

1,243,194

 

Options

 

 

319,500

 

 

 

320,500

 

 

 

337,000

 

Total

 

 

3,824,715

 

 

 

2,695,856

 

 

 

1,963,331

 

 

Convertible preferred shares include the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock which contains both a fixed and variable conversion feature that fluctuates with the Company’s stock price. In addition, other restrictions prevent the holders from converting all of the Series D Preferred Stock at the same time. As a result, it is difficult to estimate the exact amount of shares of common stock the Series

F-18


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

D Preferred Stock could be converted into at any time. As a result, only the fixed portion of the conversion features are included in the amounts above.

 

In April 2017, the Company entered into an agreement with Holders of the Series D Preferred shares to redeem the remaining 62 shares of Series D Preferred Stock and terminate all future conversion rights, in return for $1,500 in cash and 300,000 shares of common stock.

 

 

NOTE 4 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consists of the following:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

May 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Computer software

 

$

90

 

 

$

90

 

 

$

139

 

Office equipment

 

 

33

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

30

 

Computer equipment

 

 

696

 

 

 

546

 

 

 

313

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

 

278

 

 

 

224

 

 

 

185

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

472

 

 

 

456

 

 

 

76

 

Total property and equipment, gross

 

 

1,569

 

 

 

1,349

 

 

 

743

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

 

(650

)

 

 

(469

)

 

 

(237

)

Total property and equipment, net

 

$

919

 

 

$

880

 

 

$

506

 

 

Depreciation expense for the Transition Period and years ended May 31, 2016 and 2015, was $181, $232, and $158, respectively. In addition, the Company wrote off fixed assets totaling $0, $49 and $46 for the same periods, respectively.

 

 

NOTE 5 – OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS

The following provides a breakdown of other non-current assets:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

May 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Surety bond

 

$

1,405

 

 

$

1,405

 

 

$

 

Investment in captive insurance entity

 

 

3,039

 

 

 

2,378

 

 

 

1,799

 

Other non-current assets

 

 

129

 

 

 

163

 

 

 

105

 

Total

 

$

4,573

 

 

$

3,946

 

 

$

1,904

 

 

 

 

F-19


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

NOTE 6 – IDENTIFIABLE INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

The following provides a breakdown of identifiable intangible assets as of:

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

Tradenames

 

 

Non-Compete

 

 

Customer

Relationships

 

 

Total

 

Identifiable intangible assets, gross

 

$

6,289

 

 

$

2,368

 

 

$

9,890

 

 

$

18,547

 

Accumulated impairment losses

 

 

(311

)

 

 

(142

)

 

 

(1,084

)

 

 

(1,537

)

Accumulated amortization

 

 

(1,253

)

 

 

(1,661

)

 

 

(4,947

)

 

 

(7,861

)

Identifiable intangible assets, net

 

$

4,725

 

 

$

565

 

 

$

3,859

 

 

$

9,149

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

May 31, 2016

 

 

 

Tradenames

 

 

Non-Compete

 

 

Customer

Relationships

 

 

Total

 

Identifiable intangible assets, gross

 

$

6,289

 

 

$

2,368

 

 

$

9,890

 

 

$

18,547

 

Accumulated impairment losses

 

 

(311

)

 

 

(142

)

 

 

(1,084

)

 

 

(1,537

)

Accumulated amortization

 

 

(1,241

)

 

 

(1,345

)

 

 

(3,683

)

 

 

(6,269

)

Identifiable intangible assets, net

 

$

4,737

 

 

$

881

 

 

$

5,123

 

 

$

10,741

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

May 31, 2015

 

 

 

Tradenames

 

 

Non-Compete

 

 

Customer

Relationships

 

 

Total

 

Identifiable intangible assets, gross

 

$

5,892

 

 

$

2,368

 

 

$

7,483

 

 

$

15,743

 

Accumulated impairment losses

 

 

(311

)

 

 

(142

)

 

 

(1,084

)

 

 

(1,537

)

Accumulated amortization

 

 

(666

)

 

 

(801

)

 

 

(2,170

)

 

 

(3,637

)

Identifiable intangible assets, net

 

$

4,915

 

 

$

1,425

 

 

$

4,229

 

 

$

10,569

 

 

The weighted average useful life remaining of identifiable intangible assets remaining is 7.1 years.

Amortization of identifiable intangible assets for the Transition Period, years ended May 31, 2016 and 2015 was $1,592, $2,632, and $2,553, respectively.

As of December 31, 2016, estimated annual amortization expense for each of the next five fiscal years is as follows:

 

As of December 31,

 

Amount

 

2017

 

$

2,728

 

2018

 

 

861

 

2019

 

 

629

 

2020

 

 

629

 

2021

 

 

629

 

Thereafter

 

 

3,673

 

Total

 

$

9,149

 

 

 

F-20


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

NOTE 7 – GOODWILL

The following table provides a roll forward of goodwill:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

May 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Beginning balance, gross

 

$

16,121

 

 

$

9,688

 

 

$

9,607

 

Accumulated impairment losses

 

 

(1,288

)

 

 

(1,288

)

 

 

(1,288

)

Beginning balance, net

 

 

14,833

 

 

 

8,400

 

 

 

8,319

 

Acquisitions

 

 

 

 

 

6,433

 

 

 

 

Purchase accounting adjustment

 

 

946

 

 

 

 

 

 

81

 

Ending balance, net

 

$

15,779

 

 

$

14,833

 

 

$

8,400

 

 

 

NOTE 8 – ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES

The following provides a breakdown of accounts payable and accrued expenses:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

May 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Accounts payable

 

$

5,921

 

 

$

5,530

 

 

$

3,816

 

Accrued payroll, taxes and bonuses

 

 

6,827

 

 

 

6,218

 

 

 

4,016

 

Other accrued expenses

 

 

5,362

 

 

 

5,847

 

 

 

3,450

 

Total

 

$

18,110

 

 

$

17,595

 

 

$

11,282

 

 

 

NOTE 9 – ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE FINANCING

Sterling National Bank

In November 2013, Control Solutions International, Inc. (“CSI”), entered into a financing services agreement by which it assigns accounts receivable to fund working capital with Sterling National Bank (“Sterling”). Pursuant to this agreement, Sterling may advance up to 90% of the face value of eligible accounts receivable.  The borrowings carry interest at a rate of 0.025% per day, or 9.0% per annum, from the date of the advance until the date of repayment.  There is no ending date to the agreement, only a closing fee of $500 (whole dollars) upon termination.

ABN AMRO Commercial Finance

In February 2014, Longbridge Recruitment 360 Limited, wholly owned by Staffing 360 Solutions Limited (“Staffing U.K.”) entered into an agreement with ABN AMRO Commercial Finance PLC (“ABN AMRO”) under which it borrows money against eligible accounts receivable. Under this agreement, the Borrower may receive advances of up to 90% on temporary placements and 75% on permanent placements of the face value of eligible receivables.  The borrowings carried interest at a rate of 2.50% above the Sterling Libor rate of 3.90%.  The aggregate limit is £1,250, which is cross guaranteed by all of our U.K. subsidiaries and backed by all of the assets of our U.K. entities.

On November 5, 2015, an amendment to the existing agreement with ABN AMRO was entered into, raising the limit on the line from £1.25 million to £3.5 million at a 2.5% interest rate plus the Bank of England base rate of 0.5%. With this new agreement the borrower receives advances of 90% on both temporary and permanent placements of the face value of eligible receivables. Additionally, a two-year term loan was entered into with ABN-AMRO Commercial Finance for £750 to partially fund the acquisition of The JM Group Limited (“The JM Group”) and it bears an interest rate of 3% plus the Bank of England base rate of 0.5%. The new facility and the term loan are cross guaranteed by all of our UK subsidiaries and backed by all of the assets of our U.K. entities.

On March 29, 2017, Longbridge Recruitment 360 Limited and The JM Group each received a reservation of rights letter from ABN AMRO bank with respect to technical noncompliance with certain financial covenants contained in their financing documents with the bank. There was no financial impact of receiving this letter.

F-21


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

Wells Fargo Bank, NA

Effective November 1, 2012, the Company’s subsidiary, Monroe Staffing Services, LLC (“Monroe”) entered into a $14.0 million line of credit (“Credit and Security Agreement”) with Wells Fargo Bank, NA. The Credit and Security Agreement was subject to certain accounts receivable limitations with interest at one month Libor plus 5.0% on the greater of $5.0 million or the actual loan balance outstanding, and was to expire on October 31, 2015. The Credit and Security Agreement was subject to an annual facility fee, certain covenants and was secured by all of the assets of Monroe.

Effective July 25, 2014, the Company joined with its subsidiaries, Monroe, PSI and PRS, (collectively the “Borrowers”) in an Amended and Restated Credit and Security Agreement and a new Credit and Security Agreement (“Credit Facility”) with Wells Fargo Bank, NA. This Credit Facility increased the line of credit amount from $14.0 million to $15.0 million and modified the covenants to permit, with certain limitations, the transfer of funds amongst the Borrowers. All other terms and conditions remained unchanged. On April 8, 2015, the Company effectively cancelled the Wells Fargo Credit Facility. Associated with this cancellation, the Company paid an early termination fee of $100. The effective rate during the year ended May 31, 2015 was 5.15%. At December 31, 2016, May 31, 2016 and 2015, the balance outstanding under this Credit Facility was $0.

Midcap Funding Trust

On April 8, 2015, Monroe and PSI, each a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into a $22.0 million revolving loan facility with MidCap Funding X Trust (“MidCap”), with the option to increase the amount to up to $47.0 million. On July 13, 2015, in connection with the Company’s acquisition of Lighthouse Placement Services, LLC (“Lighthouse”), the $22.0 million revolving loan facility was amended to include Lighthouse and the Company’s existing subsidiary, Faro Recruitment America, Inc., as borrowers. The revolving loan’s term is four years. The interest rate is LIBOR plus 4.0%, with a LIBOR floor of 1.0% per annum. The Company may prepay all or any portion of the balance at any time subject to a prepayment premium of: (i) 2.0% if prepaid in the first year of the loan; and (ii) 1.0% if prepaid thereafter. This loan is secured by a first priority lien in favor of MidCap on all of the Company’s US based assets except for the CSI assets. The Company entered into customary pledge and guaranty agreements to evidence the security interest in favor of MidCap.

On April 8, 2015, PRS entered into a $3.0 million revolving loan facility with MidCap. At the time, the Company held a 49% equity interest in PRS. The revolving loan’s term was four years. The interest rate was LIBOR plus 4.0%, with a LIBOR floor of 1.0% per annum. The Company may prepay all or any portion of the balance at any time subject to a prepayment premium of: (i) 2.0% if prepaid in the first year of the loan; and (ii) 1.0% if prepaid thereafter. This loan was secured by a first priority lien in favor of MidCap on all of the Company’s US based assets except for the assets of CSI. The Company entered into customary pledge and guaranty agreements to evidence the security interest in favor of MidCap.

On July 11, 2016, the Company, PRS and MidCap amended the agreements to join the PRS facility with Monroe and PSI’s facility for a total facility of $25.0 million (the “Midcap Facility”).

The availability to the Company under the Midcap Facility is reduced by any outstanding letters of credit. The Midcap Facility allows the Company to issue letters of credit up to $150. As of December 31, 2016, $85 letters of credit were issued and outstanding.

In addition, in January 2017, Midcap further reduced the Company’s availability for any past due taxes. The reserve to reduce the Company’s availability builds at a rate of $2.5 per day up to the amount of the past due taxes.

The facility provides events of default including: (i) failure to make payment of principal or interest on any MidCap loans when required, (ii) failure to perform obligations under the facility and related documents, (iii) not paying its debts as such debts become due and similar insolvency matters, and (iv) material adverse changes to the Company (subject to a 10-day notice and cure period). Upon an event of default, the Company’s obligations under the credit facility may, or in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy will automatically, be accelerated. Upon the occurrence of any event of default, facility will bear interest at a rate equal to the lesser of: (i) 3.0% above the rate of interest applicable to such obligations immediately prior to the occurrence of the event of default; and (ii) the maximum rate allowable under law.

Under the terms of this agreement, the Company is subject to affirmative covenants which are customary for financings of this type, including: (i) maintain good standing and governmental authorizations, (ii) provide certain information and notices to MidCap, (iii) deliver monthly reports and quarterly financial statements to MidCap, (iv) maintain insurance, (v) discharge all taxes, (vi) protect their intellectual property, and (vii) generally protect the collateral granted to MidCap. The Company is also subject to negative covenants

F-22


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

customary for financings of this type, including that it may not: (i) enter into a merger or consolidation or certain change of control events, (ii) incur liens on the collateral, (iii) except for certain permitted acquisitions, acquire any significant assets other than in the ordinary course of business, (iv) assume certain additional senior debt, or (v) amend any of their organizational documents. During the period August 31, 2015 through May 31, 2016, the Company was not in compliance with one or more of the covenants, however, did receive a waiver from MidCap for such covenants during this period. On July 11, 2016, the Company and MidCap amended the agreement and related covenants prospectively. The Company has been in compliance with the covenants.

At December 31, 2016, May 31, 2016 and 2015, the total outstanding balance of all facilities was $15,605, $14,729, and $13,016, respectively.

 

Midcap Financial Trust – Additional Term Loan

On April 8, 2015, the Company entered into an additional four-year term loan with Midcap Financial Trust, associated with the accounts receivable financing line of credit, of up to $1,300 bearing interest at 4.0% plus LIBOR, with a LIBOR floor of 1.0% per annum, provided, that the Additional Term Loan shall be limited to an amount equal to 5.0% of each $1,000 of the aggregate net amount of the Eligible Accounts (as such term is defined in the S360 Credit Agreement) minus the amount of any reserves and/or adjustments provided for in the S360 Credit Agreement. The initial borrowing of the Additional Term Loan was $700 and shall be payable in full on April 8, 2019. As of May 31, 2015, the outstanding balance was $700. Subsequently, there were two additional borrowings for $50 each.

 

On February 8, 2016, the Company amended the terms of the agreement to draw an additional $500 and adjust the interest rate to 9.0% plus LIBOR, with a LIBOR floor of 1%. The maturity date was unchanged. As part of the amendment, the Company issued Midcap Financial Trust 25,000 shares of common stock and recorded a debt discount of $65. Net of the remaining unamortized debt discount of $57, the remaining loan balance is $1,243. As of December 31, 2016, the outstanding balance is $1,300.

 

On January 26, 2017, the payment terms of the Additional Term Loan were amended. Commencing on February 1, 2017 and continuing the first day of each calendar month, the Company shall make principal payments of $50 each month with the entire remaining balance due on the maturity date. In addition, in the event the Company should raise capital in aggregate of $2.5 million, the Company must paid $500 of such capital towards the Additional Term Loan; and if the Company should raise capital cumulatively in aggregate of $4.0 million, an additional $500 of such capital must be paid towards the Additional Term Loan.

The Company has reclassified the Midcap Additional Term Loan from Long-term debt to Other current liabilities for $550 and Other long-term liabilities for $750, as this represents funds received from the Accounts receivable financing facility. These reclassifications had no impact on reported results of operations.

 

F-23


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

NOTE 10 DEBT

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

May 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Bonds:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bonds - Series A

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

175

 

Bonds - Series B

 

 

50

 

 

 

55

 

 

 

981

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Convertible Notes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12% Convertible Note

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100

 

8% Convertible Note (February 5, 2015)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

204

 

Non-interest bearing convertible note (January 6, 2016)

 

 

359

 

 

 

359

 

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing convertible note (September 10, 2016)

 

 

477

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8% Convertible Note (July 8, 2015)

 

 

1,960

 

 

 

3,920

 

 

 

 

8% Convertible Note (February 8, 2016)

 

 

728

 

 

 

728

 

 

 

 

Lighthouse - Seller Note #1

 

 

1,874

 

 

 

2,124

 

 

 

 

Lighthouse - Seller Note #2

 

 

234

 

 

 

390

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Promissory Notes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The JM Group - Seller Note

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Staffing (UK) - Seller Note

 

 

112

 

 

 

144

 

 

 

199

 

PeopleServe - Seller Note

 

 

329

 

 

 

789

 

 

 

1,578

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sterling National Bank

 

 

168

 

 

 

272

 

 

 

52

 

Midcap Financial Trust

 

 

2,025

 

 

 

2,375

 

 

 

2,937

 

ABN AMRO

 

 

694

 

 

 

821

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less Debt Discount

 

 

(1,374

)

 

 

(2,693

)

 

 

(1,323

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Debt

 

 

7,636

 

 

 

9,284

 

 

 

4,903

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: Current Portion

 

 

(3,639

)

 

 

(6,098

)

 

 

(2,591

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Long-Term Debt

 

$

3,997

 

 

$

3,186

 

 

$

2,312

 

 

From April 21, 2014 through May 27, 2014, the Company raised $950 from two accredited investors through the issuance of five short-term, 12% convertible promissory notes.  The holders of these notes received an aggregate of 19,000 common stock shares.  These notes had varying maturity dates.

 

During July 2014, the Company amended and restated each of the five aforementioned promissory notes. Other than for $150, which was repaid, the remaining balance of $800 was amended and restated with the same basic terms as the original promissory notes, other than that they became due upon demand. These note holders received either 250 or 500 common stock shares monthly for every $100 loaned. The holder could convert, at their sole election, the principal amount and unpaid interest into common stock shares at $15.00 per share. These notes were paid in full in April 2015.

 

From May 14, 2014 through May 19, 2014, the Company raised $600 from five accredited investors through the issuance of five short-term 12% convertible promissory notes. These notes were payable upon the earlier of the (i) completion of the Company’s Series A Bond offering, (ii) completion of the Company’s senior debt facility, or (iii) July 12, 2014.  These note holders received an aggregate of 12,000 common stock shares.  These holders were entitled to convert, at their sole election, the principal amount and any unpaid interest into common stock shares at $15.00 per share.  On July 14, 2014, all five of these holders converted principal of $600 into 40,000 common stock shares and accrued interest of $12 into 792 common stock shares.

 

F-24


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

On May 27, 2014, the Company raised $50 from an accredited investor through the issuance of a short-term 12% convertible promissory note. This note was payable upon the earlier of the (i) completion of the Company’s Series A Bond offering, (ii) completion of the Company’s senior debt facility, or (iii) July 12, 2014. The note holder received 1,000 common stock shares.  The note holder was entitled to convert, at his sole election, the principal amount and any unpaid interest into common stock shares at $15.00 per share.  On July 25, 2014, the Company repaid this note.

 

On June 22, 2014, the Company raised $100 from an accredited investor through the issuance of a short-term 12% convertible promissory note. This note was payable upon the earlier of the (i) completion of the Series A Bond Offering, (ii) completion of the Company’s senior debt facility, or (iii) eight weeks from the original issuance date. The note holder received 2,000 common stock shares. The holder was entitled to convert, at his sole election, the principal amount and any unpaid interest due under the note into common stock shares at $15.00 per share. The Company recorded a debt discount of $29 and a beneficial conversion feature of $64 for the issuance of the 2,000 common stock shares. In August 2014, this note was repaid in full.

 

Series A Bonds

On July 29, 2014, the Company completed its Series A bond financing. The Company raised an aggregate of $4,059 from 70 accredited investors and issued an aggregate of 40,585 common stock shares. As part of the Series A Bond offering, the placement agent was entitled to: (i) a fee in cash up to an amount equal to 10% of the aggregate gross proceeds, (ii) a non-accountable expense allowance of up to 2% of the aggregate gross proceeds, and (iii) common stock shares equal to 10% of the aggregate number of common stock shares issued. The placement agent was paid $487 and issued 1,210 common stock shares.

 

Each bond purchaser received additional equity consideration of 500 common stock shares for each $50 investment. Accordingly, the Company issued an aggregate of 40,585 common stock shares to the bond purchasers and recorded a debt discount of $662 and beneficial conversion of $1,883. Through May 31, 2015, the debt discount and beneficial conversion feature were fully amortized.

 

On or about September 10, 2014, the Company offered an early conversion incentive to all outstanding Series A Bonds to convert principal and interest on or prior to the maturity date of October 15, 2014. The conversion terms offered a discount from the original terms of $15.00 per common stock share with no warrants to conversion at $10.00 per common stock share and one warrant exercisable until October 15, 2017 at $20.00 per common stock share for every $2.00 of principal and interest converted. The modification of conversion price from $20.00 to $10.00 resulted in the Company recording a modification expense of $1,977. On October 15, 2014, certain bondholders elected to convert a portion of the outstanding Series A Bonds under the conversion terms totaling $3,529 in principal and $181 in accrued interest into 370,969 common stock shares and 185,486 warrants exercisable at $20.00 per common stock share. The additional modification associated with the inclusion of warrants resulted in the Company recording a modification expense of $951.

 

On October 15, 2014, the Company agreed with the remaining 10 bond holders to extend the maturity date of the outstanding Convertible Bonds, $530 in principal and $27 in accrued interest. In addition, the Company accelerated the remaining interest expense and recorded $24 of interest expense as part of the restructuring. Eight of these bond holders totaling $430 in principal agreed to extend the maturity to April 15, 2015 in exchange for 4,513 common stock shares, valued at $63. The remaining two bond holders totaling $100 in principal and $7 in accrued interest were repaid in full on December 11, 2014.

 

On May 11, 2015, the Company agreed with three of the remaining 10 bond holders to extend the maturity date of the outstanding Convertible Bonds, $175 in principal and $16 in accrued interest. The three remaining bond holders agreed to extend the maturity to October 15, 2015 in exchange for 7,382 common stock shares, valued at $48. The remaining seven bond holders totaling $255 in principal and $286 in accrued interest were repaid in full in May 2015.

 

On November 10, 2015, the Company agreed to amend and extend the maturity date of the bonds to April 15, 2016. The three remaining bond holders agreed to extend the maturity to April 15, 2016 in exchange for 4,375 common stock shares, valued at $244.

 

During the fiscal years ended May 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company recorded $18 and $202 of interest expense. In addition, the Company recorded amortization of debt discount and beneficial conversion feature of $0 and $2,176, respectively. Through May 31, 2015, the debt discount and beneficial conversion feature were fully amortized. Net of the remaining unamortized debt discount of $0, the remaining loan balance is $0. In May 2016, the Series A Bonds were paid in full.

 

F-25


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

Series B Bonds

From October 3, 2014 through November 24, 2014, the Company completed multiple closings of its best efforts private offering of 12% Series B Convertible Bonds (“Series B Bonds”) with certain accredited investors. Pursuant to purchase agreements, the Company issued Series B Bonds in the aggregate of $982 to 21 accredited investors.

 

In addition to the Series B Bonds, each holder received 500 common stock shares for each $50 principal amount of Series B Bond investment. Accordingly, the Company issued an aggregate of 9,815 common stock shares to the holders. As a result, the Company recorded a debt discount of $124 and a beneficial conversion of $100.

 

As part of the Series B Bond offering, the placement agent was entitled to: (i) a fee in cash of $88 which equals 9% of the aggregate gross proceeds raised, plus reimbursement of certain expense, (ii) 589 common stock shares equal to 6% of the Equity Consideration issued, and (iii) a three year warrant, exercisable at $20.00 per share, to purchase 2,945 common stock shares with such exercise price subject to certain adjustments.

 

On or prior to September 30, 2015 (the “Maturity Date”), the holder must notify the Company whether the repayment will be made in cash or in common stock shares of the Company. At the Maturity Date, if the Series B Bond will be repaid in common stock shares, then the Series B Bond shall be repaid in common stock shares as follows: (i) in the event the Company’s common stock shares are trading at $26.70 or higher based on a 10-Day VWAP immediately prior to the Maturity Date, then the repayment conversion price shall be set at $20.00 per share, or (ii) in the event the Company’s common stock shares are trading below $26.70 based on a 10-Day Volume Weighted Average Price (“VWAP”), then the repayment conversion price shall be set at a 25% discount to the 10-Day VWAP calculated immediately prior to the Maturity Date, provided however, that in no event will the repayment conversion price be less than $15.00. The holders may elect to convert the Series B Bonds, including all unpaid coupon payments, at any time prior to the Maturity Date into common stock shares at a conversion price of $20.00 per share.

 

On November 13, 2014, the Series B Bond agreement was amended as follows: (i) in the event the Company’s common stock shares are trading at $26.70 or higher based on a 10-Day VWAP immediately prior to the Maturity Date, then the repayment price shall be set at $20.00 per share, or (ii) in the event the Company’s common stock shares are trading below $26.70 based on a 10-Day VWAP, then the repayment price shall be set at a 25% discount to the 10-Day VWAP calculated immediately prior to the Maturity Date, provided however, that in no event will the repayment conversion price be less than $12.00. The purchasers may elect to convert the Series B Bonds, including all accrued but unpaid coupon payments at any time prior to the Maturity Date into common stock shares at a conversion price of $20.00 per share. As a result of the amendment, the Company recorded a modification expense totaling $154.

 

Effective October 30, 2015, the Company entered into the following amended agreements:

 

 

Amendment 1 - Series B Holders owning an aggregate principal amount of $55 in Series B Bonds agreed to extend the Maturity Date of the Series B Bond to March 31, 2016 and decrease the conversion rate and the price of common stock issued as interest payments on the Series B Bonds to $10.00 per share. As consideration for amending the terms of the Series B Bonds, these Series B Holders received 2,500 shares of common stock for each $100 of principal amount of Series B Bond investment. The principal and accrued but unpaid interest will be due on the date of maturity.

 

 

Amendment 2a - Series B Holders owning an aggregate principal amount of $427 in Series B Bonds agreed to modify the terms of the Series B Bonds to provide that (i) the Company shall make payments on the principal amount of the Series B Bonds in six equal tranches, every month, beginning on December 15, 2015 and (ii) the Company shall pay all accrued interest on the Series B Bonds by December 11, 2015, as calculated through December 15, 2015, at an increased rate of 18% beginning September 30, 2015. The interest rate reverted back to 12% for all interest payments made after December 15, 2015. In addition, the conversion rate and the price of common stock issued as interest payments on the Series B Bonds decreased from $12.00 to $10.00 per share. In May 2016, these bonds were paid in full.

 

 

Amendment 2b - On December 8, 2015 and December 9, 2015, two Series B Bond Holders owning an aggregate principal amount of $400 in Series B Bonds agreed to modify the terms of the Series B Bonds to provide that (i) the Company shall make payments on the principal amount of the Series B Bonds in six equal tranches, every month, beginning on December 15, 2015, (ii) the Company shall pay all accrued interest on the Series B Bond, as calculated through December 15, 2015, at an increased rate of 18% beginning September 30, 2015. The interest rate reverted back to 12% for all interest payments made after December 15, 2015. In addition, the conversion rate and the price of common stock issued as interest payments on the Series B Bonds decreased from $12.00 to $10.00 per share. In May 2016, these bonds were paid in full.

 

F-26


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

 

Amendment 3a - Series B Holders owning an aggregate principal amount of $75 in Series B Bonds agreed to extend the Maturity Date until November 6, 2015. These bond holders were paid in full ($75 in principal and $3 in accrued interest) in accordance with the term of the amendment. In May 2016, these bonds were paid in full.

 

As a result of the change in conversion rate from $12.00 per share to $10.00 per share in Amendments 1, 2a and 2b, the Company recorded a modification expense totaling $72.

 

The remaining Series B Holder who did not agree to the amended terms described above was paid in full ($25 in principal and $1 in accrued interest) in accordance with the original terms of the Series B Bonds.

 

As part of the Series B Bond amendments, the placement agent was entitled to 2% of the aggregate amount extended under amendments 1, 2a and 2b as equity consideration for a total of 17,630 common stock shares valued at $80.

 

On March 30, 2016, the Series B holders of Amendment 1, further extended the maturity date to September 30, 2016. As consideration for amending the terms of the Series B Bonds, they received 2,750 shares of common stock valued at $12. The principal and accrued but unpaid interest will be due on the date of maturity.

 

On September 30, 2016, the Company amended two Series B bonds totaling $50. The holders received a total of 1,250 common stock shares. In addition, the bonds were extended for six months and will mature on March 31, 2017. On October 27, 2016 the Company paid $5 in principal and interest.

 

Through December 31, 2016, the Company paid a total of $931 in principal. Net of the unamortized debt discount and beneficial conversion of $0, the remaining loan balance is $50.

 

12% Convertible Note

On December 10, 2014, the Company issued a 12% promissory note in the amount of $100. On or prior to the maturity date, April 15, 2015, the holder could elect to convert all or part of the principal and accrued interest into common stock shares at $10.00 per share. In addition, for every $1.00 of principal converted, the Company will issue a warrant to purchase one-half of a common stock share at $20.00 per common stock share exercisable for a term of three years. As additional consideration, the Company agreed to issue 1,000 common stock shares upon execution of this agreement. Accordingly, the Company recorded an original issue discount of $5 for the 1,000 common stock shares issued which was fully amortized as of May 31, 2015.

 

On May 11, 2015, the Company agreed to extend the maturity date of the note, $100 in principal and $11 in accrued interest and agreed to extend the maturity to October 15, 2015 in exchange for 2,787 common stock shares, valued at $18.

 

On November 10, 2015, the Company agreed to further amend and extend the maturity date of the note to April 15, 2016 and agreed to pay one-sixth of the principal amount on the 15th of every month, beginning on December 15, 2015, until paid in full. The Company also agreed to pay all unpaid and accrued interest through the date of the amended agreement and prepay interest through December 15, 2015. In addition, the holder of the amended note can, at any time, convert any unpaid principal and accrued interest at a conversion rate of $10.00 per share. In addition, for every $1.00 of principal converted, the Company will issue a warrant to purchase one-half of a common stock share at $20.00 per common stock share exercisable for a term of three years. In May 2016, this note was repaid in full.

 

8% Convertible Note

On February 5, 2015, the Company issued an 8% promissory note in the amount of $204 due on November 5, 2015, with a conversion feature commencing 180 days after the loan issuance date. The loan was convertible at a 39% discount to the average share price on the lowest three trading prices during the ten days prior to conversion. In connection with this note, the Company recorded a $178 discount related to the beneficial conversion feature of the note to be amortized over the life of the note or until the note was converted or repaid.

 

On July 24, 2015, the Company paid the note holder $283 as full payment of the debt. The cash payment was applied against the principal balance of $204, accrued interest of $8 and a prepayment fee of $71. In accordance with ASC 470-50-40-2 “Debt

F-27


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

Modifications and Extinguishments”, the difference between the reacquisition price of the debt and the net carrying amount of the extinguished debt shall be recognized in income as gains and losses. In addition, the reporting entity should derecognize the beneficial conversion feature (“BCF”) by calculating the intrinsic value of the conversion option at the extinguishment date and allocate that amount to additional paid in capital to redeem the BCF. As a result of the early extinguishment, the Company reversed the remaining unamortized portion of the debt discount of $66 and recognized it as a loss. In addition, the Company derecognized the BCF by calculating the intrinsic value of the conversion feature on the date of extinguishment amounting to $170 and allocated to additional paid in capital. The net effect amounted in a gain on early debt extinguishment amounting to $32. During the fiscal year ended May 31, 2016, the Company recorded $2 of interest expense and paid in full all accrued interest related to this loan totaling $8.

 

Non-interest bearing convertible note - June 23, 2015

On June 23, 2015, the Company issued a non-interest bearing $359 convertible promissory note. The financing had an OID of $54, a term of six months and was convertible into common stock at a price of $11.50 per share. As part of the debt raise, other debt issuance costs amounted to $5 which related to legal fees and $54 related to the OID. This note was paid in full in December 2015.

 

Non-interest bearing convertible note – January 6, 2016

On January 6, 2016, the Company issued a non-interest bearing $359 convertible promissory note. The financing had an OID of $54, a term of six months and was convertible into common stock at a price of $11.50 per share. As part of the debt raise, other debt issuance costs amounted to $5 which related to legal fees and $54 related to the OID.  On July 8, 2016, the Company paid $59 in the form of an extension fee and extended the term for an additional six months. This note was paid in full in January 2017.

 

Non-interest bearing convertible note - September 10, 2016

On September 10, 2016, the Company entered into a non-interest bearing convertible note for $477, whereby the Company received cash of $400. This note was due to mature in March 2017. In March 2017, the Company extended the note to September 2017 with a new maturity value of $565.

 

Non-interest bearing convertible note  - April 11, 2017

On April 11, 2017, the Company entered into a non-interest bearing convertible note for $477, whereby the Company received cash of $400. This note is due to mature in October 2017.

 

8% Convertible Note – July 8, 2015

On July 8, 2015, the Company issued an 8% convertible debenture valued at $3.92 million with a maturity date of April 1, 2017. Principal payments were due as follows: July 1, 2016 - $980, October 2016 - $980, January 1, 2017 - $980 and April 1, 2017 - $980. The financing had an OID of $280, a term of 21 months and was convertible into common stock at a price of $10.00 per share at the lender’s election. In connection with the financing, the Company issued 125,000 shares of common stock and 392,000 warrants exercisable for a term of five years at an initial exercise price of $10.00 (subject to adjustment). As part of the debt raise, other debt issuance costs amounted to $409, $129 of which related to legal and due diligence fees and $280 related to the OID. On December 30, 2015, the Company converted the 392,000 warrants to 100,000 Series B preferred shares. As a result of the conversion of warrants to preferred shares, the Company reduced the debt discount by $855. As a result of the OID, the common shares and preferred shares issued, the Company recorded a debt discount and beneficial conversion expense of $2,820. For the Transition Period and the fiscal years ended May 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company recorded amortization expense totaling $980, $1,619 and $0, respectively. On July 1, 2016, the Company paid cash of $980 in principal and on October 1, 2016, the Company separately converted $980 in principal into 890,910 shares of common stock. Net of the remaining unamortized debt discount of $419, the remaining loan balance was $1,541.

 

8% Convertible Note – February 8, 2016

On February 8, 2016, the Company issued an 8% convertible debenture valued at $728 with a maturity date of July 1, 2017. Principal payments were due as follows: January 1, 2017 - $364 and July 1, 2017 - $364. The financing had a 12% OID amounting to $78, a term of 15 months and is convertible into common stock at a price of $10.00 per share at the lender’s election. In connection with the financing, the Company issued 13,000 shares of series B preferred stock. As a result of the OID, the debt issuance costs, and preferred shares issued, the Company recorded a debt discount of $187. For the fiscal years ended May 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company

F-28


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

recorded amortization expense totaling $42 and $0, respectively. Net of the remaining unamortized debt discount of $145, the remaining loan balance was $583. As part of the debt raise, other debt issuance costs amounted to $150, $72 of which related to legal fees and commissions and $78 related to the OID.

 

Amendment of 8% Convertible Note – July 8, 2015 and 8% Convertible Note – February 8, 2016

On January 3, 2017, the Company entered into an amendment agreement in which, the parties refinanced an aggregate amount of $2.7 million of indebtedness and extending all amortization payments for the two 8% convertible notes dated July 8, 2015 and February 8, 2016 (collectively, the “Amendment”) to October 1, 2018, which was approximately 21 months from the date of the refinancing.

 

The Amendment had a new face value of $3.1 million, and an 8% interest rate, with no interest payments due until October 1, 2017, payable quarterly thereafter, and an overall term of 21 months with principal due at maturity. The Amendment was convertible into shares of common stock at a price of $3.00 per share at holder’s election, and the holder has agreed to eliminate the 20% pre-payment penalty for an early redemption.  In connection with the refinancing, the Company issued the holder 600,000 shares of common stock, valued at $498. The Amendment resulted in the extinguishment of the old notes of $2.7 million and recording of the new debt and debt issue costs. The Company recorded a $923 loss upon extinguishment. On January 26, 2017, the Amendment was paid in full resulting a loss of $498.

 

Lighthouse Promissory Notes

On July 8, 2015, the Company acquired Lighthouse. In connection with the acquisition, the Company issued an unsecured promissory note of $2,498 bearing interest at 6% over three years (“Lighthouse - Seller Note #1”), and an unsecured promissory note of $625 bearing interest at 6% over two years (“Lighthouse - Seller Note #2”) (collectively, the “Lighthouse Notes”). The remaining principal payments for Lighthouse – Seller Note #1 are due as follows:   January 8, 2017 - $125, April 8, 2017 - $125, July 8, 2017 - $125, October 8, 2017 - $375, January 8, 2018 - $375, April 8, 2018 - $375 and July 8, 2018 - $375.  The remaining principal payments for Lighthouse – Seller Note #2 are due as follows:  January 8, 2017 - $78, April 8, 2017 - $78 and July 8, 2017 - $78. The Lighthouse Notes and any unpaid accrued interest are convertible at any time prior to maturity at a conversion price equal to the greater of (i) 80% of the VWAP price as of the date of notice given and (ii) the Company’s common stock price as of the date of notice given. During the Transition Period, the Company paid $406 in principal towards the Lighthouse Notes.

 

Sterling National Bank Promissory Note

On December 16, 2014, the Company issued a promissory note to Sterling National bank in the amount of $250. The note bears interest at 18% per annum and originally had a maturity date of March 31, 2015 that was subsequently modified to have no maturity date. Through May 31, 2016, the note was paid in full.

 

On July 24, 2015, the Company, through its wholly owned subsidiary CSI, issued a promissory note to Sterling National Bank in the amount of $350. The note bears interest at 18% per annum and has a maturity date of October 24, 2017. The remaining principal and interest payments are paid monthly at $18 per month through maturity.     

The JM Group Promissory Note

Pursuant to the acquisition of The JM Group on November 5, 2015, the Company executed and delivered to the sellers a six-month promissory note (“The JM Group Promissory Note”) in the principal amount of £500 ($770). The JM Group Promissory Note bears interest at the rate of 6% per annum. Payments were made in three monthly installments beginning on the four-month anniversary of the closing date. The monthly installments were first applied to accrued interest and then to principal. This note was paid in full in May 2016.

ABN AMRO Term Loan

On November 5, 2015, the Company entered into a two-year term loan agreement with ABN AMRO Bank in the amount of £750 ($1,096), Principal payments are made in monthly installments of £31. This loan bears interest at 3.0% plus the Bank of England base rate of 0.5%. In June 2016, the Company borrowed an additional £250. All terms of the original loan remain unchanged. For the Transition Period, the Company paid principal totaling $270. As of December 31, 2016, the remaining principal balance is £563 ($704). On March 29, 2017, Longbridge Recruitment 360 Limited and The JM Group each received a reservation of rights letter from

F-29


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

ABN AMRO bank with respect to technical noncompliance with certain financial covenants contained in their financing documents with the bank. There was no financial impact of receiving this letter.

 

Midcap Financial Trust – Term Loan

On April 8, 2015, the Company entered in to a four-year term loan agreement with Midcap Financial Trust in the amount of $3,000. This loan bears interest at 9.0% plus LIBOR, with a LIBOR floor of 1.0% per annum with principal payments of $62.5 per month. On February 8, 2016 the Company amended the terms of the agreement to modify the principal amortization and the maturity date to September 1, 2018. As a result, principal payments for the Midcap Financial Trust - Term Loan are as follows: March 2016 to June 2016, no principal due; July 2016 to October 2016, $37.5 per month; November 2016 to August 2018 - $100 per month; and $25 due on September 1, 2018. Through December 31, 2016, the Company repaid principal of $975. As of December 31, 2016, the remaining principal balance is $2,025.

 

Jackson Investment Group Term Loan

On January 26, 2017, the Company entered into a note and warrant purchase agreement with Jackson Investment Group LLC (“JIG”) for $7,400. Under the terms of this agreement, the Company issued to the JIG 1,650,000 shares of common stock and warrant agreement which allows JIG to purchase up to 3,150,000 shares of common stock at $1.35 per share. The note accrues interest on the principal amount at a rate of 6% per annum and has a maturity date of July 25, 2018. No interest or principal is payable until maturity. At any time during the term of the note, upon notice to JIG, the Company may also, at its option, redeem all or some of the then outstanding principal amount of the note by paying to JIG an amount not less than $100 of the outstanding principal (and in multiples of $100), plus any accrued but unpaid interest and liquidated damages and other amounts due under the note. The note’s principal is not convertible into shares of common stock; however 50% of the accrued interest on the note can be converted into shares of common stock, at the sole election of JIG prior to maturity, at a conversion price equal to $2.00 per share. On March 14, 2017, the Company and JIG amended the Warrant Agreement to include a blocker preventing JIG from owning more than 19.99% of the Company’s shares outstanding as of January 26, 2017, until the such ownership is approved by the shareholders consistent with Nasdaq Rule 5635(b).

 

In connection with the warrant agreement associated with this note, beginning on the date six months from the note agreement closing date, the warrant entitles JIG to purchase up to 3,150,000 shares of common stock at an initial exercise price of $1.35 per share (subject to adjustment). The warrants are exercisable for a term of four and a half (4.5) years thereafter. The exercise price is subject to anti-dilution protection, including protection in circumstances where common stock is issued pursuant to the terms of certain existing convertible securities, provided that the exercise price shall not be adjusted below a price that is less than the consolidated closing bid price of the common stock.

In April 2017, the Company amended the note and warrant purchase agreement with JIG and entered into a second subordinated secured note with JIG for $1,650. Under the terms of this amended agreement, the Company issued to JIG 296,984 shares of common stock, with an additional 370,921 shares of common stock to be issued upon shareholder approval of the issuance of shares to JIG in excess of the 19.99% limit, and amended the warrant agreement to allow JIG to purchase up to an additional 825,463 shares of common stock at $1.00 per share. The original warrant agreement was also amended to increase JIG’s warrants to 3,702,075 based on the anti-dilution clause contained therein, and adjust the exercise price to $1.00 per warrant. The second note accrues interest on the principal amount at a rate of 6% per annum and has a maturity date of June 8, 2019; however, in the event the Company satisfies all of its outstanding obligations with Midcap Financial Trust, the maturity date will be adjusted to July 25, 2018. No interest or principal is payable until maturity. At any time during the term of the note, upon notice to JIG, the Company may also, at its option, redeem all or some of the then outstanding principal amount of the note by paying to JIG an amount not less than $100 of the outstanding principal (and in multiples of $100), plus any accrued but unpaid interest and liquidated damages and other amounts due under the note. The note’s principal is not convertible into shares of common stock; however, 50% of the accrued interest on the note can be converted into shares of common stock, at the sole election of JIG prior to maturity, at a conversion price equal to $1.50 per share. The proceeds of this transaction were used to redeem the remaining shares and conversion rights of the Series D Preferred Stock.

 

F-30


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

Scheduled principal payments of debt as of December 31, 2016 are as follows:

 

As of December 31, 2016

 

Amount

 

2017

 

$

4,141

 

2018

 

 

4,869

 

Total

 

$

9,010

 

 

Scheduled principal payments of debt as of April 1, 2017, reflecting the transactions after December 31, 2016, are as follows:

 

As of April 1, 2017

 

Amount

 

2017

 

$

4,322

 

2018

 

 

9,275

 

Total

 

$

13,597

 

 

In November of 2016, the Company engaged Source Capital Group, Inc. to act as a placement agent to conduct a general solicitation private placement offering solely to accredited investors under Rule 506(c) of Regulation D promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act. The private placement expired on January 31, 2017. In connection with the private placement, the Company filed certificates of designation for Series E-1 and E-2 preferred shares. No shares have been issued and in January 2017, the Company had the certificates of designation withdrawn.

 

 

NOTE 11 – STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

On September 17, 2015, the Company effected a one-for-ten reverse stock split. Following the reverse split, the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of common stock decreased from 45,732,674 to 4,573,360. All share and per share information has been retroactively adjusted to reflect this reverse stock split.

On March 23, 2016, the Company’s universal shelf registration statement (“Shelf Registration”), originally filed on Form S-3 on January 4, 2016 with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, was declared effective.

On April 4, 2016, the Company, through a public offering under the Shelf Registration, sold 527,000 shares of common stock at $2.85 for a total of $1,502.

In May 2016, the Company, through a public offering under the Shelf Registration, sold 361,705 shares of common stock at $2.35 for a total of $850.

The issuance of 2,833,051 common stock shares during the Transition Period is summarized below:

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value at

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Fair Value at

 

 

Issuance

 

Shares issued to/for:

 

Shares

 

 

Issuance

 

 

(per share)

 

Consultants

 

 

38,297

 

 

$

65,808

 

 

$

1.56

 

 

 

$

1.96

 

Board and committees members

 

 

12,750

 

 

 

19,584

 

 

 

1.03

 

 

 

 

1.99

 

Employees

 

 

9,800

 

 

 

7,752

 

 

 

0.69

 

 

 

 

1.59

 

Acquisition of subsidiaries

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

20,400

 

 

 

1.02

 

 

 

 

1.02

 

Extension of Series B convertible bonds

 

 

1,250

 

 

 

1,700

 

 

 

1.36

 

 

 

 

1.36

 

Private placement

 

 

210,645

 

 

 

495,007

 

 

 

2.35

 

 

 

 

2.35

 

Conversion of Series B preferred stock

 

 

133,000

 

 

 

198,170

 

 

 

1.49

 

 

 

 

1.49

 

Conversion of Series C preferred stock

 

 

175,439

 

 

 

331,580

 

 

 

1.89

 

 

 

 

1.89

 

Conversion of Series D preferred stock

 

 

1,340,960

 

 

 

2,157,467

 

 

 

1.31

 

 

 

 

1.74

 

Shares issued in connection with conversion of convertible notes

 

 

890,910

 

 

 

1,149,274

 

 

 

1.29

 

 

 

 

1.29

 

 

 

 

2,833,051

 

 

$

4,446,742

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Company’s authorized common stock consists of 20,000,000 shares having a par value of $0.00001. As of December 31, 2016 and May 31, 2016, the Company has issued and outstanding 9,139,795, and 6,306,744 common stock shares, respectively. On January

F-31


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

26, 2017, the Company received shareholder approval to amend the Company’s Articles of Incorporation to increase the number of shares of common stock available for issuance from 20,000,000 to 40,000,000.

Subsequent to December 31, 2016, the Company issued 600,000 shares as part of the January 2017 Amendment, 1,650,000 shares in connection with the JIG Term Loan, 790,000 shares to employee and board members, 1,673,000 shares as part of Series D conversions, 300,000 shares in connection with the April 2017 Series D pay off, and 296,984 shares related to the April 2017 JIG Amendment.        

Convertible Preferred Shares

Series A Preferred Stock

On May 29, 2015, the Company filed a Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series A Preferred Stock with the Nevada Secretary of State, whereby the Company designated 1,663,008 shares of preferred stock as Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.00001 per share. The Series A Preferred Stock has a stated value of $10.00 per share and is entitled to a 12% dividend, payable pursuant to Nevada law.

Shares of the Series A Preferred Stock are convertible into shares of common stock at the holder’s election at any time prior to December 31, 2018 (the “Redemption Date”), at a conversion rate of one and three tenths (1.3) shares of common stock for every 10 shares of Series A Preferred Stock that the Holder elects to convert. Except as otherwise required by law, the Series A Preferred Stock shall have no voting rights.

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Company legally available for distribution, prior to and in preference to distributions to the holders of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.00001 per share or classes and series of securities of the Company which by their terms do not rank senior to the Series A Preferred Stock, and either in preference to or pari passu with the holders of any other series of Preferred Stock that may be issued in the future that is expressly made senior or pari passu, as the case may be, an amount equal to the Stated Value of the Series A Preferred Stock less any dividends previously paid out on the Series A Preferred Stock.

The holders will be entitled to receive cash dividends at the rate of 12% of the Stated Value per annum, payable monthly in cash, prior to and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the common stock. So long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Company shall not declare, pay or set apart for payment any dividend on any shares of common stock, unless at the time of such dividend the Company shall have paid all accrued and unpaid dividends on the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

The Certificate of Designation filed on May 29, 2015, designating the Series A Preferred Stock, was filed in connection with the Company’s issuance of an aggregate of 1,663,008 shares of Series A Preferred Stock to Brendan Flood and Matthew Briand for the conversion of the Gross Profit Appreciation Bonus (as defined in each employment agreement) associated with their employment agreements. The Certificate of Designation was approved and related issuances were ratified by the Company’s Board and compensation committee on May 29, 2015.

Up until the Redemption Date, holders may convert their shares into common stock at their election. On the Redemption Date, the Company shall redeem all of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock of each Holder, for cash or for shares of common stock in the Company’s sole discretion. If the Redemption Purchase Price is paid in shares of common stock, the holders shall initially receive one and three tenths (1.3) shares of common stock for each $10.00 of the Redemption Purchase Price. If the Redemption Purchase Price is paid in cash, the redemption price paid to each Holder shall be equal to the Stated Value for each share of Series A Preferred Stock, multiplied by the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by such Holder, less the aggregate amount of dividends paid to such Holder through the Redemption Date.

As of December 31, 2016, May 31, 2016 and 2015, we had issued and outstanding 1,663,008 Series A Preferred Stock shares and accrued dividends totaling $366, $250 and $50, respectively.  

Under Nevada law, except as otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation, no distribution (including dividends on, or redemption or repurchases of, shares of capital stock) may be made if, after giving effect to such distribution, the corporation would not be able to pay its debts as they become due in the usual course of business, or the corporation’s total assets would be less than the

F-32


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

sum of its total liabilities plus the amount that would be needed at the time of a liquidation to satisfy the preferential rights of preferred stockholders. As a result, the Company has not paid any dividends associated with the Series A Preferred Stock.

Series B Preferred Stock

On December 30, 2015, the Company filed a Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series B Preferred Stock with the Nevada Secretary of State, pursuant to which the Company designated 200,000 shares as Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.00001 per share. The Series B Preferred Stock shall have a stated value of $10.00 per share. Except as otherwise required by law, the Series B Preferred Stock shall have no voting rights.

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the remaining assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders shall be distributed on a pari passu basis among the holders of shares of the Series B Preferred Stock and the holders of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, pro rata based on the number of shares held by each such holder.

There will be no dividends associated with the Series B Preferred Stock or payable to the holders. If a holder elects to convert the Series B Preferred Stock into common stock, then the holder will have the same rights and receive the same dividends, if any, as the holders of the common Stock.

At any time, each holder may elect to convert the shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by such holder into shares of common stock. Upon the Series B Conversion, a holder shall receive one share of common stock for every one share of Series B Preferred Stock that the holder elects to convert; provided, however, that (i) to the extent that the holder’s right to receive such amount of common Stock upon conversion of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock would result in the holder holding in excess of 4.99% of the number of shares of common stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Series B Preferred Stock, then the holder shall not be entitled to convert such shares of Series B Preferred Stock into a number of common stock that exceeds such beneficial ownership limitation, and (ii) notwithstanding any other provision of the Certificate of Designation to the contrary, in no event can conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock pursuant the Certificate of Designation result in the issuance of shares of common stock that would exceed the “Exchange Cap”. The "Exchange Cap" shall be deemed to have been reached if, at any time prior to the shareholders of the Company approving any transaction(s) pursuant to which Series B Preferred Stock, any stock or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for common stock and/or common stock are issuable that may be aggregated with such shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B Preferred Stock, the number of shares of common stock issuable under outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and other convertible securities and shares of common stock issued pursuant to such transactions(s) would exceed 19.9% of the shares of common stock outstanding as of the date of the earliest transaction(s).

The holders of two-thirds of the Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding, upon notice to the Company, may increase or decrease the beneficial ownership limitation; provided, that the beneficial ownership limitation in no event shall exceed 9.99% of the number of shares of the common stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of common stock upon conversion of the outstanding Series B Preferred Stock.

On December 30, 2015, the Company converted 392,000 warrants to 100,000 Series B Preferred Stock. In connection with the February 8, 2016 Note, the Company issued 13,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock. In April 2016, the Company issued 20,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock for advisory services rendered.

On July 8, 2016, holders of Series B Preferred Stock elected to convert all 133,000 shares to 133,000 shares of common stock.

At December 31, 2016, the Company has no Series B shares issued and outstanding.  

Series C Preferred Stock

On April 6, 2016, the Company filed a Certificate of Designation of Series C Preferred Shares with the Nevada Secretary of State, whereby the Company designated 500,000 shares as Series C Preferred Shares, par value $0.00001 per share. The Series C Preferred Shares shall have a stated value of $1.00 per share (the “Stated Value”). The Certificate of Designation sets forth the voting powers, designations, preferences, privileges, limitations, restrictions and relative rights applicable to the Series C Preferred Shares. Except as otherwise required by law, the Series C Preferred Shares shall have no voting rights.

F-33


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of shares of the Series C Preferred Shares shall (i) first be entitled to receive out of the assets, whether capital or surplus, of the Company an amount equal to $0.00001 for each share of Series C Preferred Shares before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of any junior securities and (ii) then be entitled to receive out of the assets, whether capital or surplus, of the Company the same amount that a holder of Company’s common stock would receive if the Series C Preferred Shares were fully converted (disregarding for such purposes any conversion limitations under the Certificate of Designation) to common stock which amounts shall be paid pari passu with all holders of common stock.

Except for stock dividends or distributions for which adjustments are to be made pursuant to the Certificate of Designation, Holders are entitled to dividends on shares of Series C Preferred Shares equal (on an as-if-converted-to-Common-Stock basis) to and in the same form as dividends actually paid on shares of the common stock when, as and if such dividends are paid on shares of the common stock. No other dividends shall be paid on shares of Series C Preferred Shares.

Each share of Series C Preferred Shares shall be convertible at the option of the Holder thereof, into that number of shares of common stock (subject to the limitations set forth in the Certificate of Designation) determined by dividing the Stated Value of such share of Series C Preferred Shares by the conversion price for the Series C Preferred Shares, which shall equal $1.00, subject to adjustment in accordance with the Certificate of Designation. Holders may effect conversions by providing the Company with a conversion notice in accordance with form and procedures set forth in the Certificate of Designation. The shares of common stock underlying the Series C Preferred Shares offered by this prospectus supplement will be fully paid and non-assessable.

The “Beneficial Ownership Limitation” with respect to the Series C Preferred Shares is 4.99% of the number of shares of the common stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C Preferred Shares held by the applicable Holder. A Holder, upon notice to the Company, may increase or decrease the Beneficial Ownership Limitation applicable to its Series C Preferred Shares; provided, that the Beneficial Ownership Limitation in no event shall exceed 9.99% of the number of shares of the common stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C Preferred Shares held by the applicable Holder.  

On April 7, 2016 the Company issued 175,439 shares of Series C Preferred Shares at $2.85 for a total of $500.

On June 16, 2016, the Company filed an Amendment to the Certificate of Designation for the Series C Preferred Stock, par value $0.00001 per share. The Amendment increased the number of Series C Preferred Stock from 500,000 shares authorized to 2,000,000 shares authorized.

On June 24, 2016, holders of Series C Preferred Stock elected to convert all 175,439 shares to 175,439 shares of common stock.

At December 31, 2016, the Company has no Series C shares issued and outstanding.

Series D Preferred Stock

On June 27, 2016, the Company filed a Certificate of Designation of Series D Preferred Stock with the Nevada Secretary of State, whereby the Company designated 5,000 shares as Series D Preferred, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Series D Preferred Stock”). The Series D Preferred Stock shall have a face value of $10,000 (whole dollars) per share (the “Face Value”), original issue discount of 5% (“OID”) and conversion price of $2.50 per share. The Certificate of Designation sets forth the voting powers, designations, preferences, privileges, limitations, restrictions and relative rights applicable to the Series D Preferred Stock. Except as otherwise required by law, the Series D Preferred Stock shall have no voting rights, except: (a) during a period where a dividend (or part of a dividend) is in arrears; (b) on a proposal to reduce the Company's share capital; (c) on a resolution to approve the terms of a buy-back agreement; (d) on a proposal to wind up the Company; (e) on a proposal for the disposal of all or substantially all the Company's property, business and undertaking; and (f) during the winding-up of the entity.

Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, after payment or provision for payment of debts and other liabilities of the Company, pari passu with any distribution or payment made to the holders of Preferred Stock and common stock by reason of their ownership thereof, the holders of Series D Preferred Stock (each a “Holder”) will be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders an amount with respect to each share of Series D Preferred Stock equal to $10,000.00 (whole dollars), plus an amount equal to any accrued but unpaid In-Kind Accrual thereon.

F-34


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

Commencing on the date of the issuance of any such shares of Series D Preferred Stock, each outstanding share of Series D Preferred Stock will accrue a cumulative in-kind payment accrual (“In-Kind Accrual”), at a rate equal to 6.50% per annum, subject to adjustment as provided in this Certificate of Designations, of the Face Value.  In-Kind Accrual will be payable with respect to any shares of Series D Preferred Stock upon any of the following: (a) upon redemption of such shares in accordance with the Certificate of Designation; (b) upon conversion of such shares in accordance with the Certificate of Designation; and (c) when, as and if otherwise declared by the Board of the Company.  

Each share of Series D Preferred Stock shall be convertible at the option of the Company and Holder thereof, in accordance with the Certificate of Designation, into that number of shares of common stock (subject to the limitations set forth in the Certificate of Designation) determined by dividing the Face Value of such share of Series D Preferred Stock by the conversion price for the Series D Preferred Stock, which shall equal $2.50, subject to adjustment in accordance with the Certificate of Designation. Holders may effect conversions by providing the Company with a conversion notice in accordance with form and procedures set forth in the Certificate of Designation.  The shares of common stock underlying the Series D Preferred Stock offered by this prospectus supplement will be fully paid and non-assessable.

The Company may not issue shares of common stock to any Holder which, when aggregated with all other shares of common stock then deemed beneficially owned by such Holder, would result in such Holder owning more than 4.99% of all common stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such issuance; provided, however, that such Holder may increase such amount to 9.99% upon not less than 61 days’ prior notice to the Company.

On June 24, 2016, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with certain purchasers pursuant to which the Company sold to the purchasers 211 shares of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock at a face value of $10,000 (whole dollars) per share of Series D Preferred, and Original Issue Discount of 5% and a conversion price into common stock of $2.50 per share, for aggregate proceeds of approximately $2,000 before placement fees and estimated offering expenses. The offering of the Series D Preferred Stock was made under the Company’s Shelf Registration.    

During the Transition Period, holders of this series converted 118 shares of Series D Preferred Stock to 1,340,960 shares of common stock.

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Balance

 

Face Value

 

211

 

 

$

2,110

 

Original Issue Discount

 

 

 

 

 

 

(110

)

Beneficial Conversion Feature

 

 

 

 

 

 

(615

)

Beginning Balance, Net

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,385

 

Conversions

 

 

(118

)

 

 

(773

)

Ending Balance, Net

 

93

 

 

$

612

 

 

Subsequent to December 31, 2016, holders of Series D Preferred Stock, converted an additional 31.3 units resulting in the issuance of 1,673,000 shares of common stock.  

 

Due to the contingent nature of the cash redemption feature of the Series D Preferred Stock, the Company has classified the shares as temporary equity on the consolidated balance sheets. In addition, at the commitment date these were issued, the Company determined that a beneficial conversion feature existed in the amount of $615, which was recorded within Additional Paid-In Capital on the consolidated balance sheet.

 

On September 22, 2016, the Company and Holders of the Series D Preferred shares agreed that a Trigger Event, as defined in the Stock Purchase Agreement between Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. and Holders of the Series D Preferred shares dated June 24, 2016, filed as an exhibit to our Current Report on Form 8-K on June 27, 2016 (the “Series D Purchase Agreement”), had occurred as of September 22, 2016.  A Trigger Event gives the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock certain additional rights and removes certain restrictions in respect of the Series D Preferred Stock, as set forth in the Series D Purchase Agreement. Holders of the Series D Preferred shares has agreed not to submit any additional conversion notices until the Company obtains stockholder approval for the transaction, so long as such approval is obtained by January 31, 2017.  The Company obtained stockholder approval for the transaction on January 26, 2017 and has subsequently issued 1,673,000 shares as part of Series D conversion.

 

F-35


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

In April 2017, the Company entered into an agreement with Holders of the Series D Preferred shares to redeem the remaining 62 shares of Series D Preferred Stock and terminate all future conversion rights, in return for $1,500 in cash and 300,000 shares of common stock.

Warrants

On March 29, 2016, the Company filed a Tender Offer Statement (“Tender Offer”), offering to certain holders of the Company’s outstanding warrants to elect to receive an aggregate of 906,633 shares of the Company’s common stock, by agreeing to receive 20 common stock shares in exchange for every 100 warrants tendered by the holders of Warrants.  The Warrants consisted of (i) warrants to purchase an aggregate of 89,729 Shares issued to certain investors in connection with private placement offerings from April and June of 2013, (ii) warrants to purchase an aggregate of 86,362 Shares issued to certain investors in connection with a bridge financing from November and December of 2013, (iii) warrants to purchase an aggregate of 500,000 Shares that were issued to certain investors in connection with the Company’s private placement offerings from January through March of 2014, (iv) warrants to purchase an aggregate of 185,510 Shares that were issued upon the conversion of outstanding Series A Bonds that were issued in July 2014, (v) warrants to purchase 2,945 Shares issued to the placement agent in connection with the offering of Series B Bonds in October and November of 2014, (vi) warrants to purchase 12,000 Shares issued to MidCap Financial Trust in connection with the Company’s accounts receivable credit facility and term loan in April of 2015, (vii) warrants to purchase 30,087 Shares issued to a placement agent in connection with several of the Company’s capital raises across the calendar year 2015.

The Tender Offer expired on April 26, 2016 and as of that date, a total of 822,224 warrants were validly tendered and not withdrawn. Such tendered warrants represented approximately 91% of the warrants included in the Tender Offer. Under the terms of the Tender Offer, the Company accepted all tendered warrants, and issued an aggregate of 164,477 shares of our common stock in exchange.

In the month of May 2016, in separate agreements, various other warrant holders elected to receive an aggregate of 128,557 shares of the Company’s common stock, by agreeing to receive 35 shares of common stock in exchange for every 100 warrants.

Transactions involving the Company’s warrant issuance are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Price Per Share

 

Outstanding at May 31, 2014

 

 

671,180

 

 

$

19.70

 

Issued

 

 

572,014

 

 

 

15.00

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expired or cancelled

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at May 31, 2015

 

 

1,243,194

 

 

 

17.60

 

Issued

 

 

422,087

 

 

 

11.10

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

 

Converted to common shares

 

 

(1,189,517

)

 

 

10.49

 

Converted to preferred shares

 

 

(392,000

)

 

 

10.00

 

Expired or cancelled

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at May 31, 2016

 

 

83,764

 

 

$

19.42

 

Issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expired or cancelled

 

 

(50,134

)

 

 

19.83

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2016

 

 

33,630

 

 

$

19.38

 

 

The following table summarizes warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2016:

 

 

 

Number

 

 

Weighted Average

 

 

Weighted

 

 

Exercise

 

Outstanding

 

 

Remaining Contractual

 

 

Average

 

 

Price

 

and Exercisable

 

 

Life (years)

 

 

Exercise price

 

 

$ 10.25 - $ 20.00

 

 

33,630

 

 

 

1.24

 

 

$

19.38

 

 

 

F-36


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

Stock Options

 

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

On January 28, 2014, our Board adopted the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan”). Under the 2014 Plan, we may grant options to employees, directors, senior management of the company and, under certain circumstances, consultants. The purpose of the 2014 Plan is to retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive option awards, to secure and retain the services of new members of this group and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the company and its affiliates. A maximum of 250,000 shares of common stock has been reserved for issuance under this plan. The 2014 Plan expires on January 28, 2024. As of December 31, 2016, all 250,000 shares have been issued.

Our Board will administer the plan unless and until the Board delegates administration to a committee, consisting of one or more members, that has been appointed by the Board, except that once our common stock begins trading publicly, the committee will consist solely of two or more outside directors as defined in the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The authority to administer the 2014 Plan currently resides with the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Compensation Committee”). They have the power to determine which persons eligible under the plan will be granted option awards.

Transferability

Option awards are not transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution unless otherwise provided in the individual option agreement.

Change of Control Event

In the event of a change in control, then, without the consent or action required of any holder of an option award (in such holder’s capacity as such):

(i) Any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation or any parent or affiliate thereof, as determined by the Board in its discretion, will assume or continue any option awards outstanding under the plan in all or in part or shall substitute to similar stock awards in all or in part; or

(ii) In the event any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation does not assume or continue any option awards or substitute to similar stock awards, for those outstanding under the plan, then: (a) all unvested option awards will expire (b) vested options will terminate if not exercised at or prior to such change in control; or

(iii) Upon change in control the Board may, in its sole discretion, accelerate the vesting, partially or in full, in the sole discretion of the Board and on a case-by-case basis of one or more option awards as the Board may determine to be appropriate prior to such events.

Notwithstanding the above, in case of change in control, in the event all or substantially all of the shares of common stock of the company are to be exchanged for securities of another company, then each holder of an option award shall be obliged to sell or exchange, as the case may be, any shares such holder hold or purchased under the plan, in accordance with the instructions issued by the Board, whose determination shall be final.

Termination of Employment/Relationship

In the event of termination of the option holders employment with the Company or any of its affiliates, or if applicable, the termination of services given to the Company or any of its affiliates by consultants of the Company or any of its affiliates for cause (as defined in the plan), all outstanding option awards granted to such option holder (whether vested or not) will immediately expire and terminate on the date of such termination and the holder of option awards will not have any right in connection to such outstanding option awards, unless otherwise determined by the board of directors. The shares of common stock covered by such option awards will revert to the plan.

2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan

On September 23, 2015, our Board adopted the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2015 Plan”). This plan has not been approved by our stockholders. Under the 2015 Plan, we may grant options to employees, directors, senior management of the company and, under

F-37


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

certain circumstances, consultants. The purpose of the 2015 Plan is to retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive option awards, to secure and retain the services of new members of this group and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the company and its affiliates.

The 2015 Plan provides for an aggregate of 450,000 shares of common stock to be available for awards under the 2015 Plan (“Awards”). The number of shares available for grant pursuant to Awards under the 2015 Plan is referred to as the “Available Shares”. If an Award is forfeited, canceled, or if any Option terminates, expires or lapses without being exercised, the common stock subject to such Award will again be made available for future grant. However, shares that are used to pay the exercise price of an Option or that are withheld to satisfy the Participant’s tax withholding obligation will not be available for re-grant under the 2015 Plan.

The Plan will have a term of ten years and no further Awards may be granted under the 2015 Plan after that date.

Awards Available for Grant

The Compensation Committee may grant Awards of Non-Qualified Stock Options, Incentive Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Bonus Awards, Performance Compensation Awards (including cash bonus awards) (each as defined under the 2015 Plan) or any combination of the foregoing. Notwithstanding, the Compensation Committee may not grant to any one person in any one calendar year Awards (i) for more than 150,000 shares of common stock in the aggregate or (ii) payable in cash in an amount exceeding $600 in the aggregate.

Transferability

Each Award may be exercised during the participant’s lifetime only by the participant or, if permissible under applicable law, by the participant’s guardian or legal representative and may not be otherwise transferred or encumbered by a participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The Compensation Committee, however, may permit Awards (other than Incentive Stock Options) to be transferred to family members, a trust for the benefit of such family members, a partnership or limited liability company whose partners or stockholders are the participant and his or her family members or anyone else approved by it.

Change in Control

Except to the extent otherwise provided in an Award, in the event of a Change in Control (as defined under the 2015 Plan), all outstanding Options and equity awards (other than performance compensation awards) issued under the Plan will become fully vested and performance compensation awards will vest, as determined by the Compensation Committee, based on the level of attainment of the specified performance goals. In general, the Compensation Committee may, in its discretion, cancel outstanding Awards and pay the value of such Awards to the participants in connection with a Change in Control. The Compensation Committee can also provide otherwise in an Award under the 2015 Plan.

Through December 31, 2016, the Company had granted 242,500 options to purchase common stock with an exercise price of $20.00 per share and 107,000 options to purchase common stock with an exercise price of $10.00 per share. On December 8, 2014, the Company modified the exercise price on its unvested 138,000 options from an exercise price of $20.00 per share to $10.00 per share. There are 75,000 options with an exercisable term of five years and all others have an exercisable term of ten years.

The fair value of stock options granted was estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes options pricing model. The Company used the following assumptions for determining the fair value of options granted under the Black-Scholes option pricing model:

 

Exercise price:

 

$10.00 - $20.00

Market price at date of grant:

 

$3.00 - $19.90

Volatility:

 

50.57% - 162.52%

Expected dividend rate:

 

0% - 0%

Expected terms (years):

 

5 - 10

Risk-free interest rate:

 

1.45% - 2.77%

 

 

F-38


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

A summary of the activity during the Transition Period and year ended May 31, 2016 and 2015 of the Company’s 2014 Equity Incentive Plan and 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan is presented below:

 

 

 

Options

 

 

Weighted

Average

Exercise Price

 

 

Aggregate

Intrinsic

Value

 

Outstanding at May 31, 2014

 

 

190,000

 

 

$

20.00

 

 

$

 

Granted

 

 

147,000

 

 

 

17.20

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expired or cancelled

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Decrease in weighted average exercise price due to

   modification (1)

 

 

 

 

 

(4.10

)

 

 

 

Outstanding at May 31, 2015

 

 

337,000

 

 

 

13.10

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

12,500

 

 

 

10.00

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expired or cancelled

 

 

(29,000

)

 

 

10.00

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at May 31, 2016

 

 

320,500

 

 

$

13.15

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expired or cancelled

 

 

(1,000

)

 

$

10.00

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2016

 

 

319,500

 

 

$

13.16

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

On December 8, 2014, the Company modified the exercise price on its unvested 138,000 options from an exercise price of $20.00 per share to $10.00 per share.

 

During the Transition Period and the years ended May 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company recorded share-based payment expense of $210, $358 and $338, respectively, in connection with all options outstanding.

The total compensation cost related to options not yet amortized is $527 at December 31, 2016. The Company will recognize this charge over the next 2.6 years.

    

2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan

On October 25, 2016, our Board adopted the 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2016 Plan”) to, among other things, attract and retain the best available personnel, to provide additional incentive to employees, directors and consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business. On January 26, 2017. our stockholders approved the 2016 Plan, pursuant to which 2,500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock will be reserved for issuance under stock and stock option awards.  To date, the Company has issued 831,700 shares and 308,500 options to purchase shares of common stock and therefore has 1,359,800 remaining under this plan.

The Company’s Compensation Committee will administer the 2016 Plan. The Compensation Committee will have the authority, without limitation to (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the type or types of awards to be granted to a participant; (iii) determine the number of Common Shares to be covered by, or with respect to which payments, rights, or other matters are to be calculated in connection with, awards; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any award; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances awards may be settled or exercised in cash, Common Shares, other securities, other awards or other property, or canceled, forfeited, or suspended and the method or methods by which awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited, or suspended; (vi) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances the delivery of cash, common shares, other securities, other awards or other property and other amounts payable with respect to an award; (vii) interpret, administer, reconcile any inconsistency in, settle any controversy regarding, correct any defect in and/or complete any omission in this Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or award granted under, this Plan; (viii) establish, amend, suspend, or waive any rules and regulations and appoint such agents as the Compensation Committee shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of this Plan; (ix) accelerate the vesting or exercisability of, payment for or lapse of restrictions on, awards; and (x) make any other determination and take any other action that the Compensation Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of this Plan  The Compensation Committee will have full discretion to administer and interpret the 2016 Plan and to adopt such rules, regulations and procedures as it deems necessary or advisable and to determine, among other things, the time or times at which the awards may be exercised and whether and under what circumstances an award may be exercised.

F-39


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

Eligibility

Employees, directors, officers, advisors and consultants of the Company or its affiliates are eligible to participate in the 2016 Plan. The Compensation Committee has the sole and complete authority to determine who will be granted an Award under the 2016 Plan, however, it may delegate such authority to one or more officers of the Company under the circumstances set forth in the 2016 Plan.

Number of Shares Authorized

The 2016 Plan provides for an aggregate of 2,500,000 shares of common stock to be available for awards. The Board and Committee selected this number of available shares to provide for awards to be granted for the 2017 and 2018 fiscal years assuming recent trends of awarding equity were to continue.

The 2016 Plan will have a term of ten years and no further Awards may be granted under the 2016 Plan after that date.

Awards Available for Grant

The Compensation Committee may grant awards of Non-Qualified Stock Options, Incentive Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Bonus Awards, Performance Compensation Awards (including cash bonus awards) (as defined under the 2016 Plan) or any combination of the foregoing subject to the number of available shares. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the 2016 Plan, the Compensation Committee may not grant to any one participants under the plan in any one calendar year awards (i) for more than 400,000 Common Shares in the aggregate or (ii) payable in cash in an amount exceeding $750,000 in the aggregate.

Options

Under the terms of the 2016 Plan, unless the Compensation Committee determines otherwise in the case of an option substituted for another option about a corporate transaction, the exercise price of the options will not be less than the fair market value (as determined under the 2016 Plan) of the shares of common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2016 Plan will be subject to such terms, including the exercise price and the conditions and timing of exercise, as may be determined by the Compensation Committee and specified in the applicable award agreement. The maximum term of an option granted under the 2016 Plan will be ten years from the date of grant (or five years in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a 10% stockholder).

Stock Appreciation Rights

The Compensation Committee will be authorized to award Stock Appreciation Rights (“SARs”) under the 2016 Plan. SARs will be subject to such terms and conditions as established by the Compensation Committee. A SAR is a contractual right that allows a participant to receive, either in the form of cash, shares or any combination of cash and shares, the appreciation, if any, in the value of a share over a certain period. A SAR granted under the 2016 Plan may be granted in tandem with an option and SARs may also be awarded to a Participant independent of the grant of an option. SARs granted about an option shall be subject to terms like the option which corresponds to such SARs. SARs shall be subject to terms established by the Compensation Committee and reflected in the award agreement.

Restricted Stock

The Compensation Committee will be authorized to award restricted stock under the 2016 Plan. Unless otherwise provided by the Compensation Committee and specified in an award agreement, restrictions on restricted stock will lapse after three years of service with the Company. The Compensation Committee will determine the terms of such restricted stock awards. Restricted Stock are shares of common stock that generally are non-transferable and subject to other restrictions determined by the Compensation Committee for a specified period. Unless the Compensation Committee determines otherwise or specifies otherwise in an award agreement, if the participant terminates employment or services during the restricted period, then any unvested restricted stock will be forfeited.

Restricted Stock Unit Awards

The Compensation Committee will be authorized to award restricted stock unit awards under the 2016 Plan. Unless otherwise provided by the Compensation Committee and specified in an award agreement, restricted stock units vest after three years of service

F-40


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

with the Company. The Compensation Committee will determine the terms of such restricted stock units. Unless the Compensation Committee determines otherwise or specifies otherwise in an award agreement, if the participant terminates employment or services during the period over which all or a portion of the units are to be earned, then any unvested units will be forfeited. At the election of the Compensation Committee, the participant will receive a number of shares of common stock equal to the number of units earned or an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of that number of shares at the expiration of the period over which the units are to be earned or at a later date selected by the Compensation Committee.

Stock Bonus Awards

The Compensation Committee will be authorized to grant awards of unrestricted shares of common stock or other awards denominated in shares of common stock, either alone or in tandem with other awards, under such terms and conditions as the Compensation Committee may determine.

Performance Compensation Awards

The Compensation Committee will be authorized to grant any award under the 2016 Plan in the form of a performance compensation awards. The Compensation Committee will select the performance criteria based on one or more of the following factors: (i) revenue; (ii) sales; (iii) profit (net profit, gross profit, operating profit, economic profit, profit margins or other corporate profit measures); (iv) earnings (EBIT, EBITDA, earnings per share, or other corporate earnings measures); (v) net income (before or after taxes, operating income or other income measures); (vi) cash (cash flow, cash generation or other cash measures); (vii) stock price or performance; (viii) total stockholder return (stock price appreciation plus reinvested dividends divided by beginning share price); (ix) economic value added; (x) return measures (including, but not limited to, return on assets, capital, equity, investments or sales, and cash flow return on assets, capital, equity, or sales); (xi) market share; (xii) improvements in capital structure; (xiii) expenses (expense management, expense ratio, expense efficiency ratios or other expense measures); (xiv) business expansion or consolidation (acquisitions and divestitures); (xv) internal rate of return or increase in net present value; (xvi) working capital targets relating to inventory and/or accounts receivable; (xvii) inventory management; (xviii) service or product delivery or quality; (xix) customer satisfaction; (xx) employee retention; (xxi) safety standards; (xxii) productivity measures; (xxiii) cost reduction measures; and/or (xxiv) strategic plan development and implementation.

Transferability

Each award may be exercised during the participant’s lifetime only by the participant or, if permissible under applicable law, by the participant’s guardian or legal representative.  No award may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company; provided that the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute an assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance. The Compensation Committee, however, may permit awards (other than incentive stock options) to be transferred to family members, a trust for the benefit of such family members, a partnership or limited liability company whose partners or stockholders are the participant and his or her family members or anyone else approved by it.

Amendment

The 2016 Plan will have a term of ten years from the effective date of the 2016 Plan. The Company’s Board may amend, suspend or terminate the 2016 Plan at any time; however, shareholder approval to amend the 2016 Plan may be necessary if applicable law or listing rule so requires. No amendment, suspension or termination will impair the rights of any Participant or recipient of any award without the consent of the participant or recipient.

Change in Control

Except to the extent otherwise provided in an award, in the event of a change in control, all outstanding options and equity awards (other than performance compensation awards) issued under the 2016 Plan will become fully vested or the period of restriction will expire and performance compensation awards vest, as determined by the Compensation Committee, based on the level of attainment of the specified performance goals or assuming that that the applicable “target” levels of performance have been obtained or on such other basis as determined by the compensation Committee.

    

F-41


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

Long-Term Incentive Plan

In May 2016, the Company’s Board approved the 2016 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2016 LTIP”). This plan was approved by our stockholders on January 26, 2017.

The material features of the 2016 LTIP are:

 

The maximum number of shares of common stock to be issued under the 2016 LTIP is 1,300,000 shares;

 

The award of performance units is permitted;

 

The term of the 2016 LTIP will expire on December 31, 2018 (unless terminated earlier) at the end of the 2016 LTIP’s performance period.

The shares we issue under the 2016 LTIP will be authorized but unissued shares.  The Board selected 1,300,000 shares to adequately motivate the participants and drive performance for the period.  

2016 LTIP Administration

The 2016 LTIP will be administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board. The Compensation Committee has full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for awards, the individuals to whom awards will be granted, and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of the 2016 LTIP.

Eligibility

Persons eligible to participate in the 2016 LTIP will be those officers, employees, consultants and independent contractors of the Company and its subsidiaries as selected from time to time by the Compensation Committee in its discretion. The Compensation Committee has full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for awards, the individuals to whom awards will be granted, and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of the 2016 LTIP.

Amendment and Termination  

The Board may, without shareholder approval, modify, revise or terminate the 2016 LTIP at any time and from time to time.  The Board will seek shareholder approval to increase the amount of shares of common stock which may be issued under the 2016 LTIP or to make any “material amendment” to the 2016 LTIP.  Unless the Board elects to terminate the 2016 LTIP earlier, the 2016 LTIP will terminate on December 31, 2018.

Performance Units

The 2016 LTIP permits the granting of performance units to participants under the 2016 LTIP.  The award agreement will set forth the number of performance units granted to a participant.  The number of shares issued under an award is determined by multiplying the number of performance units granted to the participant by the vesting rate which is determined by measuring the market cap of the Company.  As amended by the Compensation Committee on October, 25, 2016, the below chart summarizes the relationship between performance and the vesting rate for the performance units.   

 

2018 Market Cap

Vesting Rate

Up to $54.6M

0.00%

From $54.6M to below $82M

25.00%

From $82M to below $109.3M

41.67%

From $109.3M to below $136.6M

66.67%

At $136.6M or above

100.00%

F-42


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

If earned, shares of common stock will be issued to a participant within 30 days after the end of the performance period (December 31, 2018) and in no event later than March 15, 2019; provided, that the participant has been continuously employed, as applicable, with the Company through the date of issuance of the shares of common stock.  If a participant terminates employment for any reason with the Company before the issuance of the shares described above, the award will be cancelled and forfeited, unless the Compensation Committee elects for special treatment.

As of December 31, 2016, 1,002,265 units had been issued. The estimated fair value of the 2016 LTIP plan based on third party valuation is $136. At December 31, 2016, the Company has recorded $53 in compensation expense associated with the 2016 LTIP.

 

 

 

NOTE 12 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Employment Agreements

On January 3, 2014, in connection with the acquisition of Initio International Holdings (“Initio”) (the “Initio Acquisition”), the Company entered into an employment agreement with Brendan Flood (“Flood Employment Agreement”). Pursuant to the Flood Employment Agreement, Mr. Flood will serve as Executive Chairman of the Board, as well as, Chief Executive Officer of Initio. Mr. Flood will be paid a salary of £192 per annum, less statutory deductions, plus other benefits including reimbursement for reasonable expenses, paid vacation and insurance coverage for his roles with both the Company and Staffing (UK). Mr. Flood’s salary will be adjusted (but not decreased) annually based upon the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for the Northeast Region as determined by the United States Department of Labor Bureau of Labor Statistics (the “CPI Adjustment”). Mr. Flood will also be entitled to an annual bonus of up to 50% of his annual base salary based reaching certain financial milestones. Additionally, through the fiscal year ended May 31, 2015, Mr. Flood was entitled to a Gross Profit Appreciation Participation Bonus, which entitled the participants to 10% of Initio’s Excess Gross Profit, which was defined as the increase in Initio gross profits in excess of 120% of the base year’s gross profit, up to $400. Mr. Flood’s participating level was 62.5%. The Flood Employment Agreement has a term of five years and will automatically renew thereafter unless 12 months written notice is provided by either party. The employment agreement includes customary non-compete/solicitation language for a period of 12 months after termination of employment. Effective September 18, 2015, the Board appointed Brendan Flood, the Company’s Executive Chairman, to serve as the interim Chief Financial Officer while the Company actively searched for a permanent Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Flood did not receive additional compensation for his role as interim Chief Financial Officer. On January 1, 2016, the Company amended the Flood Employment Agreement which provides for Mr. Flood to receive a salary of £270 (approximately $350), a car allowance of £15 (approximately $19) per annum and a pension contribution of £6 (approximately $8) per annum. All other terms of Mr. Flood’s employment agreement were unchanged. On January 1, 2017, the Company increased Mr. Flood’s salary by 1.9% per the CPI Adjustment.

On January 3, 2014, in connection with the Initio Acquisition, the Company entered into an employment agreement with Matt Briand (“Briand Employment Agreement”). Pursuant to the Briand Employment Agreement, Mr. Briand will serve as Co-Chief Executive Officer of the Company, as well as, Chief Executive Officer of Monroe. Mr. Briand will be paid a salary of $300 per annum, plus other benefits including reimbursement for reasonable expenses, paid vacation and insurance coverage for his roles with both the Company and Monroe. Annually, Mr. Briand’s salary will for adjusted by the CPI Adjustment. Mr. Briand will also be entitled to an annual bonus of up to 50% of his annual base salary based on reaching certain financial milestones. Additionally, through the fiscal year ended May 31, 2015, Mr. Briand was entitled to Gross Profit Appreciation Participation, which entitles the participants to 10% of Initio’s Excess Gross Profit, which was defined as the increase in Initio gross profits in excess of 120% of the base year’s gross profit, up to $400. Mr. Briand’s participating level was 37.5%. The Briand Employment Agreement has a term of five years and will automatically renew thereafter unless 12 months written notice is provided by either party. This employment agreement includes customary non-compete/solicitation language for a period of 12 months after termination of employment. On January 27, 2015, Mr. Briand was given the additional title of President. On January 1, 2016, the Company amended the Briand Employment Agreement which provides for Mr. Briand to receive a salary of $350. All other terms of Mr. Briand’s employment agreement were unchanged. On January 1, 2017, the Company increased Mr. Briand’s salary by 1.9% per the CPI Adjustment.

On February 5, 2016, the Company entered into a Letter of Employment with Mr. David Faiman that appointed him as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer effective March 1, 2016. Under the Letter of Employment, Mr. Faiman will receive an annual base salary of $275. Annually, Mr. Faiman’s salary will be adjusted for the CPI Adjustment. Mr. Faiman will also receive a grant of 50,000 restricted shares of the Company’s common stock, which will vest as follows: (i) 25,000 shares on the first year anniversary, and (ii) 25,000 shares on the second anniversary of Mr. Faiman’s employment start date. Annual adjustments to salary, as well as bonus and additional stock option awards will be granted at the discretion of the Board based on meeting personal and corporate objectives each year. His annual bonus target will be 50% of annual base salary. On January 1, 2017, the Company increased Mr. Faiman’s salary by 1.9% per the CPI Adjustment.

F-43


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

Earn-out Liabilities and Stock Value Guarantees

The earn-out liability is comprised of contractual contingent liabilities resulting from the Company’s acquisitions. The provisions state that the seller of a business may receive additional future compensation based upon the business achieving certain future financial performance levels. The earn-out transactions were accounted for under the purchase method in accordance with ASC 805.

Pursuant to the acquisition of CSI, the purchase price includes monthly cash payments to the former owners and shareholders of CSI for performance-based compensation equal to 20% of CSI’s consolidated gross profit from the date of closing through the end of the sixteenth quarter following the date of closing not to exceed a total of $2,100.  At closing, the Company estimated the performance-based compensation would be $2,100. During the Transition Period and years ending May 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company paid $79, $159 and $280, respectively, towards the earn-out liability. At December 31, 2016, the remaining balance was $1,320 of which $138 is recorded in other current liabilities and $1,182 is recorded in other long-term liabilities.

Pursuant to the acquisition of Lighthouse, the sellers received 62,460 shares of common stock. In the event that the VWAP price for the 90 days prior to the anniversary of the acquisition date, is less than $10.00 per share, then the Company shall pay to the sellers an amount equal to $10.00 per share less the VWAP price multiplied by each share. On the anniversary of the acquisition date, the Company calculated the amount as $500 which was paid during the Transition Period with a corresponding increase to Goodwill.

Pursuant to the acquisition of The JM Group, the purchase price includes a cash payment to the shareholders for performance-based compensation of (a) £850 if the gross profit for the 12 month period ending on the anniversary date of the date of completion (the “Anniversary TTM Gross Profit”) is equal to 90% or more of the gross profit for the twelve months ending October 31, 2015 (the “Completion TTM Gross Profit”); or (b) if the Anniversary TTM Gross Profit is less than 90% of the Completion TTM Gross Profit, a sum equal to £850 multiplied by the Anniversary TTM Gross Profit/Completion TTM Gross Profit. The Company recorded the maximum contingent liability amount of £850 ($1,180). At December 31, 2016, the remaining balance was $1,026 and was recorded in other current liabilities. While unpaid, the balance accrued interest at 10.25% per annum. The balance was paid in January 2017.

In addition, the Company will issue an aggregate of 20,000 shares of common stock valued at $4.70 totaling $94, if the Anniversary Gross Profit (defined) of The JM Group is 100% or more the Completion Gross Profit (defined). If the Anniversary Gross Profit is greater than or equal to 75% of the Completion Gross Profit, but less than 100% of The JM Group’s Completion Gross Profit, an amount of shares equal to the product of (i) the Anniversary Gross Profit divided by the Completion Gross Profit and (ii) 20,000. If the Anniversary Gross Profit is less than 75% of the Completion Gross Profit, no shares are due. Pursuant to the acquisition of The JM Group, in addition to the 20,000 contingent shares discussed above, the sellers received 40,000 shares of common stock. In the event that the VWAP price for the 90 days prior to the anniversary of the acquisition date, is less than $10.00 per share, then the Company shall pay to the sellers an amount equal to $10.00 per share less the VWAP price multiplied by each share. As a result of the lower stock price, on November 14, 2016 the Company paid $346 in relation to the 40,000 shares issued and recorded an increase of $346 to Goodwill. On September 8, 2016, the Company paid $100 in relation to the 20,000 shares issued with a corresponding increase to Goodwill of $100.

 

Lease Obligations

The Company is party to multiple lease agreements for office space. The agreements require monthly rental payments through February 2022. Total minimum obligations are approximately $848, $636, $550, $382, $319 and $38 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 and beyond, respectively. For the Transition Period, year ended May 31, 2016 and 2015, rent expense amounted to $571, $1,067, and $1,034 respectively.

Legal Proceedings 

NewCSI, Inc. vs. Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.

On May 22, 2014, NewCSI, Inc. (“NewCSI”), the former owners of Control Solutions International, filed a complaint in the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas, Austin Division, against the Company arising from the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement dated August 14, 2013 between the Company and NewCSI.  NewCSI claims that the Company breached a provision of the Stock Purchase Agreement (“SPA § 2.7”) that required the Company to calculate and pay to NewCSI 50% of certain “Deferred Tax Assets” within 90 days after December 31, 2013, subject to certain criteria.  The Complaint sought payment of the amount allegedly owed under SPA § 2.7 and acceleration of earn-out payments provided for in the Stock Purchase Agreement of $1,400, less amounts paid to date, and attorneys’ fees.  The Company responded denying the material allegations and interposing

F-44


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

numerous affirmative defenses. On October 8, 2014, NewCSI filed a Motion of Summary Judgment (the “Motion”). On March 30, 2015, a Magistrate Judge of the District Court issued a Report and Recommendation that the District Court deny the Motion.  The Recommendation became a final decision on April 13, 2015.

On December 31, 2014, NewCSI filed an amended complaint to which NewCSI added an additional count asserting an “Adjustment Event” had occurred requiring an acceleration of earn-out payments provided for in the CSI Stock Purchase Agreement of $2,100, less amounts paid as of December 31, 2014 totaling $429 (balance of $1,671 at December 31, 2014), should the Company or CSI “be unable, or admit in writing its inability, to pay its debts as they mature.”  The Company responded denying the material allegations and interposing numerous affirmative defenses, including that the earn-out liability was fully expensed at the time of the acquisition and fully accrued for on the Company’s balance sheet as part of the purchase accounting at the time of the acquisition.  The final pretrial conference in this matter was held April 22, 2015.  A jury was selected on May 14, 2015, and the trial was held May 18-20, 2015.  On May 20, 2015, the jury rendered a verdict, finding that the Company had not complied with SPA § 2.7 and owed $154, but that NewCSI had not proven that the Company or CSI had become unable to pay debts as they came due.  The Court had held that it was not a question for the jury to decide if damages for breach of SPA § 2.7 should include accelerated earn-out payments.

On June 3, 2015, NewCSI filed a Motion for Entry of Judgment as Matter of Law seeking entry of a judgment in the amount of $154, plus accelerated earn-out payments in the amount of $1,152, plus statutory interest.  NewCSI did not challenge the jury verdict on the ability to pay issue.  Also on June 3, 2015, the Company filed a Motion for Entry of Judgment as a Matter of Law seeking entry of judgment against NewCSI on the jury’s finding that the Company had not complied with SPA § 2.7, or, in the alternative, for a reduction of damages to $154 and to hold that NewCSI may not be awarded accelerated earn-out payments as that would result in an illegal penalty.

On October 21, 2015, judgment was entered in this action in favor of NewCSI and against the Company in the amount of $1,307, plus pre-judgment interest, post-judgment interest, and costs.

On January 26, 2016, the District Court set the bond in respect of the NewCSI litigation at $1,384. The Company has filed a notice of appeal to the United States Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit seeking reversal of the judgment and posted a supersedeas bond to stay the execution of the judgment pending appeal.  On April 18, 2016, the Court granted the NewCSI shareholders’ request for payment of attorneys’ fees, but reserved judgment on the amount of fees to award pending the outcome of the Company’s appeal.  As of January 2016, the NewCSI shareholders have claimed they have incurred $552 in attorney’s fees, which could increase during the pendency of the appeal.  On November 3, 2016, oral arguments for the appeal were heard and now the Company is awaiting further instruction from the United States Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit.

We believe that the Company acted in a manner consistent with our contractual rights, and we intend to aggressively defend the Company against NewCSI. Nevertheless, there can be no assurance that the outcome of this litigation will be favorable to the Company.

Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. v. Former Officers of Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.

On November 13, 2015, in a separate proceeding, the Company initiated an arbitration proceeding before JAMS against three former officers of the Company.  In its demand for arbitration and statement of claim, the Company alleged that these individuals breached their employment agreements with the Company and the fiduciary duties each owed to the Company.  The three respondents responded with a counterclaim alleging wrongful termination and have moved to dismiss the arbitration, as well as moved for severance in relation to the remainder of their contracts. On July 20, 2016, the arbitrator decided in favor of both of the respondents’ motions.  Further on September 21, 2016 the arbitrator rendered the final award, which was set at $1,433. The Company is awaiting an order from the Court confirming the award.  In addition, the Company has calculated interest and made a payment towards legal fees included in the final award amount. As of December 31, 2016 the balance is $1,607. This amount has already been fully accrued for and expensed on the Company’s balance sheet.  

Other Matters

On February 17, 2016, a previous law firm filed suit in the Supreme Court of the State of New York alleging that the Company owes $759, for legal services rendered. The Company disagreed with the quantity and quality of legal services provided by the firm to the Company. On March 17, 2016, the Company reached a settlement with the law firm in the amount of $505 to be paid in equal installments over 24 months beginning April 2016.

 

F-45


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

 

NOTE 13 – SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company’s operating segments, which are consistent with its reportable segments, are organized by geography in accordance with its internal management and reporting structure.

For the Transition Period and years ended May 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company generated revenue in the U.S., the U.K. and Canada as follows:

 

 

 

Transition

Period ended

December 31,

 

 

Years ended May 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

United States

 

$

93,257

 

 

$

143,460

 

 

$

120,418

 

United Kingdom

 

 

16,080

 

 

 

21,994

 

 

 

8,278

 

Canada

 

 

85

 

 

 

98

 

 

 

133

 

Total Revenue

 

$

109,422

 

 

$

165,552

 

 

$

128,829

 

 

 

 

Transition

Period ended

December 31,

 

 

Years ended May 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

United States

 

$

15,687

 

 

$

23,815

 

 

$

19,452

 

United Kingdom

 

 

3,430

 

 

 

5,162

 

 

 

3,042

 

Canada

 

 

20

 

 

 

70

 

 

 

54

 

Total Gross Profit

 

$

19,137

 

 

$

29,047

 

 

$

22,548

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses,

   excluding depreciation and amortization stated

   below

 

 

(17,993

)

 

 

(30,781

)

 

 

(25,736

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

(1,773

)

 

 

(2,864

)

 

 

(2,711

)

Impairment of identifiable intangibles

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(703

)

Operating expenses - restructuring

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(867

)

Interest expense

 

 

(1,382

)

 

 

(2,699

)

 

 

(1,646

)

Amortization of beneficial conversion feature

 

 

(430

)

 

 

(727

)

 

 

(2,475

)

Amortization of debt discount and deferred

   financing costs

 

 

(979

)

 

 

(1,917

)

 

 

(1,745

)

Other income (expense)

 

 

(162

)

 

 

566

 

 

 

142

 

Gain on conversion of earn-out

   liability - restructuring

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

486

 

Interest expense - restructuring

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,542

)

Gain on settlement of debt - restructuring

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

779

 

Modification expense

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(72

)

 

 

 

Modification expense - restructuring

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(21

)

 

 

(3,093

)

Loss Before (Provision) Benefit for Income Tax

 

$

(3,594

)

 

$

(9,468

)

 

$

(17,563

)

 

As of December 31, 2016, May 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company has assets in the U.S., the U.K. and Canada as follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

May 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

United States

 

$

44,990

 

 

$

43,683

 

 

$

39,531

 

United Kingdom

 

 

8,936

 

 

 

10,067

 

 

 

1,592

 

Canada

 

 

31

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

58

 

Total Assets

 

$

53,957

 

 

$

53,759

 

 

$

41,181

 

 

F-46


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

As of December 31, 2016, May 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company has goodwill in the U.S., the U.K. and Canada as follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

May 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

United States

 

$

13,027

 

 

$

12,527

 

 

$

7,547

 

United Kingdom

 

 

2,752

 

 

 

2,306

 

 

 

853

 

Canada

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Assets

 

$

15,779

 

 

$

14,833

 

 

$

8,400

 

 

 

 

 

NOTE 14 – ACQUISITIONS

In accordance with ASC 805, the Company accounts for acquisitions using the purchase method under which the acquisition purchase price is allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their respective fair values. The Company utilizes management estimates and, in some instances, may retain the services of an independent third-party valuation firm to assist in determining the fair values of assets acquired, liabilities assumed and contingent consideration granted. Such estimates and valuations require the Company to make significant assumptions, including projections of future events and operating performance.

On July 8, 2015, the Company purchased 100% of the membership interests in Lighthouse. The aggregate purchase price was $6,133, paid as follows: (i) cash of $2,498; (ii) 62,460 restricted common stock shares valued at $8.20 totaling $512; (iii) three year unsecured promissory note of $2,498 and (iv) two-year unsecured promissory note of $625.

In connection with the acquisition of Lighthouse, the Company identified and recognized intangible assets of $1,154 representing trade name and customer relationships. The customer relationship asset is being amortized on a straight line basis over its estimated life of 10 years; the trade name is being amortized over 15 years. The fair value allocation for the trade name and customer relationships resulting from the acquisition of Lighthouse was based on a valuation performed by management.

Pursuant to the acquisition of Lighthouse, the sellers received 62,460 shares of common stock. In the event that the VWAP price for the 90 days prior to the anniversary of the acquisition date, is less than $10.00 per share, then the Company shall pay to the sellers an amount equal to $10.00 per share less the VWAP price multiplied by each share. On the anniversary of the acquisition date, the Company calculated the amount as $500. The Company paid $500 during the Transition Period with a corresponding increase to Goodwill.

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition:

 

Current assets

 

$

154

 

Intangible assets

 

 

1,154

 

Goodwill

 

 

5,479

 

Total

 

 

6,787

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

154

 

Net purchase price

 

$

6,633

 

Goodwill of Lighthouse of $5,479 is included in the U.S. reportable segment.

 

On November 5, 2015, the Company, through Longbridge Recruitment 360 Limited, a subsidiary of Staffing (UK), completed the acquisition of The JM Group by purchasing 100% of the issued and outstanding equity interests. The aggregate purchase price was $3,517, paid as follows: (i) cash of £750 (approximately $1,155); (ii) 40,000 restricted common stock shares valued at $4.70 totaling $188; (iii) six-month unsecured promissory note of £500 (approximately $770), (iv) performance based compensation in an amount in cash equal to £850 (approximately $1,310) and (v) an aggregate of 20,000 shares of common stock valued at $4.70 totaling $94, if the Anniversary Gross Profit (defined) of The JM Group is 100% or more than the Completion Gross Profit (defined). If the Anniversary Gross Profit is greater than or equal to 75% of the Completion Gross Profit, but less than 100% of The JM Group’s Completion Gross Profit, an amount of shares equal to the product of (i) the Anniversary Gross Profit divided by the Completion Gross Profit and (ii) 20,000. If the Anniversary Gross Profit is less than 75% of the Completion Gross Profit, no shares are due. 

F-47


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

In connection with the acquisition of The JM Group, the Company identified and recognized intangible assets of $1,651 representing trade name and customer relationships. The customer relationship asset is being amortized on a straight line basis over its estimated life of 10 years; the trade name is being amortized over 15 years.  The fair value allocation for the trade name and customer relationships resulting from the acquisition of The JM Group was based on a valuation performed by management.

Pursuant to the acquisition of The JM Group, the purchase price includes a cash payment to the shareholders for performance-based compensation of (a) £850 if the gross profit for the 12 month period ending on the anniversary date of the date of completion (the “Anniversary TTM Gross Profit”) is equal to 90% or more of the gross profit for the twelve months ending October 31, 2015 (the “Completion TTM Gross Profit”); or (b) if the Anniversary TTM Gross Profit is less than 90% of the Completion TTM Gross Profit, a sum equal to £850 multiplied by the Anniversary TTM Gross Profit/Completion TTM Gross Profit. The Company recorded the maximum contingent liability amount of £850 ($1,180). At December 31, 2016, the remaining balance was $1,026 and is recorded in other current liabilities and was paid in January 2017.

In addition, the Company will issue an aggregate of 20,000 shares of common stock valued at $4.70 totaling $94, if the Anniversary Gross Profit (defined) of The JM Group is 100% or more the Completion Gross Profit (defined). If the Anniversary Gross Profit is greater than or equal to 75% of the Completion Gross Profit, but less than 100% of The JM Group’s Completion Gross Profit, an amount of shares equal to the product of (i) the Anniversary Gross Profit divided by the Completion Gross Profit and (ii) 20,000. If the Anniversary Gross Profit is less than 75% of the Completion Gross Profit, no shares are due. Pursuant to the acquisition of The JM Group, in addition to the 20,000 contingent shares discussed above, the sellers received 40,000 shares of common stock. In the event that the VWAP price for the 90 days prior to the anniversary of the acquisition date, is less than $10.00 per share, then the Company shall pay to the sellers an amount equal to $10.00 per share, less the VWAP price multiplied by each share. As a result of the lower stock price, on November 14, 2016 the Company paid $346 in relation to the 40,000 shares issued and recorded an increase of $346 to Goodwill. On September 8, 2016, the Company paid $100 in relation to the 20,000 shares issued with a corresponding increase to Goodwill of $100.

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition:

 

Current assets

 

$

4,011

 

Intangible assets

 

 

1,651

 

Goodwill

 

 

1,900

 

Total

 

 

7,562

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

3,599

 

Net purchase price

 

$

3,963

 

Goodwill of The JM Group of $1,900 is included in the U.K. reportable segment.

 

For the year ended May 31, 2016, the aggregate revenue and net income of Lighthouse and The  JM Group included in the Statement of Operations was $28.1 million and $1.7 million, respectively. For the Transition Period, the aggregate revenue and net income of Lighthouse and The JM Group included in the Statement of Operations was $21.6 million and $1.1 million, respectively.

 

 

The following unaudited pro forma consolidated results of operations have been prepared, as if the acquisition of Lighthouse and The JM Group had occurred as of June 1, 2015 and 2014:  

 

 

 

For the Years May 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Revenues

 

$

176,757

 

 

$

169,947

 

Net loss from continuing operations

 

$

(8,449

)

 

$

(16,478

)

Weighted average number of common stock shares – Basic

   and diluted

 

 

4,933,236

 

 

 

3,839,410

 

Net loss per share from continuing operations

 

$

(1.71

)

 

$

(4.29

)

 

 

F-48


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

NOTE 15 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Consulting Fees – Related Party

Board and Committee Members

During the Transition Period and years ended May 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company incurred $18, $30 and $30, respectively, in Board fees to Dimitri Villard. In May 2014, Mr. Villard was named the Chairman of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee. During the Transition Period and years ended May 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company incurred $12, $20 and $20, respectively to Mr. Villard for his role as Chairman of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee. In addition, during the Transition Period and years ended May 31, 2016 and 2015, Mr. Villard received 4,500 common stock shares valued at $7, 6,000 common stock shares valued at $29 and 8,500 shares valued at $66, respectively, for his services as a Board and committee member. In addition, on October 30, 2015, Mr. Villard received 30,000 shares valued at $150 as a bonus. At December 31, 2016, the Company has $0 accrued in accounts payable and accrued expenses – related parties account.

During the years ended May 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company incurred $0 and $48, respectively in Board fees to Robert Mayer. Additionally, for the years ended May 31, 2016 and 2015, Mr. Mayer received 0 common stock shares and 6,750 shares valued at $59, respectively for his services as a board and committee member. On May 8, 2015, Mr. Mayer submitted his resignation from his position as Director. At May 31, 2016, the Company has $0 accrued in accounts payable and accrued expenses – related parties account.

During the Transition Period and years ended May 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company incurred $18, $30, $30, respectively, in Board fees to Jeff Grout. In February 2014, Mr. Grout was named the Chairman of the Compensation Committee. During the Transition Period and years ended May 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company incurred $12, $20 and $20, respectively to Mr. Grout for his role as Chairman of the Compensation Committee. In addition, during the Transition Period and years ended May 31, 2016 and 2015, Mr. Grout received 4,500 common stock shares valued at $7, 6,000 common stock shares valued at $29 and 5,000 common stock shares valued at $47, respectively, for his service as a board and committee member. In addition, on October 30, 2015, Mr. Grout received 30,000 shares valued at $150 as a bonus. At December 31, 2016, the Company has $0 accrued in accounts payable and accrued expenses – related parties account.

During the Transition Period and years ended May 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company incurred $18, $30, $30, respectively in Board fees to Nick Florio. In May 2014, Mr. Florio was named the Chairman of the Audit Committee. In September 2014, Mr. Florio was named the Chairman of the Restructuring Committee. At the request of Mr. Florio, all cash payments, common stock issuances and stock option issuances have been made in the name of Citrin Cooperman & Company, LLP. During the Transition Period and the years ended May 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company incurred $12, $20 and $20, respectively to Mr. Florio for his role as Chairman of the Audit Committee. In addition, for the Transition Period and the years ended May 31, 2016 and 2015, Mr. Florio received 3,750 common stock shares valued at $6, 5,000 common stock shares valued at $24 and 10,000 common stock shares valued a $111 for his services as a Board and committee member. In addition, on October 30, 2015, Mr. Florio received 30,000 shares valued at $150 as a bonus. At the request of Mr. Florio, all cash payments, common stock issuances and stock option issuances have been made in the name of Citrin Cooperman & Company, LLP. At December 31, 2016, the Company has accrued $8 in accounts payable and accrued expenses – related parties account. In January 2017, Mr. Florio was added to the Compensation Committee and received 1,000 shares.

 

Trilogy Capital Partners Agreement

During the Transition Period and years ended May 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company incurred $0, $0 and $325, respectively in consulting fees to Trilogy Capital Partners, Inc. (“Trilogy”). The Company’s former employee, Vice Chairman, President and Secretary, is the majority owner of Trilogy. Effective December 31, 2014, he voluntarily resigned from his positions with the Company and subsidiaries.  The Company entered into an Advisory Agreement with Trilogy, effective as of January 1, 2015, pursuant to which Trilogy may provide advisory services, if requested by the Company, for a period of twelve months. Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, the Company agreed to, among other things: (a) pay Trilogy $300, in equal monthly installments; and (b) issue to Trilogy, 25,000 common stock shares on or before January 30, 2015; and (c) grant to Trilogy 2,500 common stock shares, in complete settlement of any past due fees and costs owed to Trilogy. The Advisory Agreement terminated by its terms on December 31, 2015. The Company did not renew this advisory agreement. At December 31, 2016, the Company has $0 accrued in accounts payable and accrued expenses.

F-49


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

Grandview Capital Partners, Inc.

The Grandview Advisory Agreement requires that the Company pay Grandview $10 per month for a period of 18 months, increasing to $15, per month following the completion of the first acquisition of a temporary staffing company by the Company and contemporaneous financing. On January 3, 2014, the Company and Grandview entered into an amendment to the Grandview Advisory Agreement. Pursuant to the terms of the amendment, Grandview’s compensation was reduced back to $10 per month effective immediately. Additionally, as a result of the amendment, the Grandview Advisory Agreement terminated on September 30, 2014. Peter Goldstein, the former Chairman of the Board, principal financial officer, treasurer and director of the Company, is the founder, chairman, chief executive officer and registered principal of Grandview Capital Partners, Inc. During the transition period December 31, 2016, years ended May 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company incurred $0, $0 and $45, respectively, in consulting fees to Grandview Capital Partners, Inc. (“Grandview”). The Company’s former Chairman and Chief Financial Officer, is the majority owner of Grandview. This agreement expired in September 2014. At December 31, 2016, the Company has $0 in accounts payable and accrued expenses.

Staffing 360 Solutions (UK) Promissory Notes

Brendan Flood, the Company’s Executive Chairman, was issued a three year promissory note. Mr. Flood’s portion of the $3,965 aggregate principal amount totaled $2,065. Mr. Flood was paid $379 in principal and $98 in interest since the date of issuance through November 30, 2014. On November 30, 2014, Mr. Flood converted the remaining promissory note principal, $1,721, and interest through maturity of $170, into (i) 189,099 common stock shares, at the rate of $10.00 per share, and (ii) warrants to purchase 208,008 common stock shares at the price of $12.50 per share, exercisable for ten years from the date of conversion. This conversion satisfied his note in full as of November 30, 2014.

Matt Briand, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and President, was issued a three year promissory note. Mr. Briand’s portion of the $3,965 aggregate principal amount totaled $1,115. Mr. Briand was paid $204 in principal and $53 in interest since the date of issuance of the note through November 30, 2014. On November 30, 2014, Mr. Briand converted the remaining Promissory note principal, $929, and interest through maturity, $92, into (i) 102,123 common stock shares, at the rate of $10.00 per share, and (ii) warrants to purchase 112,336 common stock shares at the price of $12.50 per share, exercisable for ten years from the date of conversion. The conversion was effective as of November 30, 2014 with the common stock shares and warrants being issued on January 2, 2015. This conversion satisfied his note in full as of January 2, 2015.

Short-term promissory notes

In June 2014, the Company issued a promissory note for consideration totaling $100 to Robert Mayer, a former director and shareholder of the Company. The promissory note was non-interest bearing and due on demand. The Company issued 500 shares to Mr. Mayer as additional consideration. This note was paid in full in June, 2014.

In July 2014, the Company issued three promissory notes for an aggregate consideration of $280 to three related parties. The promissory notes were non-interest bearing and due on demand. The first note was issued to Trilogy Capital Partners for consideration totaling $30. The Company’s President, Alfonso J. Cervantes is the majority owner of Trilogy. This note was paid in full in July, 2014. The second note was issued to Jeff Mitchell, the Company’s CFO for consideration totaling $150. The Company issued 1,000 shares to Mr. Mitchell as additional consideration. This note was paid in full in July, 2014. The third note was issued to Robert Mayer, a former director and shareholder of the Company for consideration totaling $100. The Company issued 700 shares to Mr. Mayer as additional consideration. This note was paid in full in July 2014.

In August 2014, the Company issued a 12% interest bearing promissory note in the amount of $150 to Barry Cervantes, a brother of a former employee, Vice Chairman, President and Secretary of the Company, Alfonso J. Cervantes. The promissory note is due upon demand. The Company issued 1,500 common stock shares to Barry Cervantes as additional consideration. This note was paid in full in April 2015.

On September 2, 2014, the Company issued a promissory note in the amount of $125 to a company of which Robert Mayer, a former director and shareholder of the Company, is a Managing Member. The promissory note was due upon demand. The Company issued 750 common stock shares to the note holder as additional consideration. This note was paid in full in April 2015.

F-50


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

On September 15, 2014, the Company issued a promissory note in the amount of $50 to a company of which Robert Mayer, a former director and shareholder of the Company, is a Managing Member. The promissory note was due upon demand. The Company issued 250 common stock shares to the note holder as additional consideration. This note was paid in full in April 2015.

 

 

NOTE 16 – SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

 

 

 

Transition

Period Ended

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

May 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Cash paid for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

$

1,010

 

 

$

2,241

 

 

$

1,000

 

Income taxes

 

$

84

 

 

$

55

 

 

$

152

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non Cash Investing and Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock issued for purchase of subsidiary

 

$

20

 

 

$

700

 

 

$

 

Promissory notes issued for acquisitions

 

$

 

 

$

3,817

 

 

$

 

Conversion of accounts payable to common stock

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

216

 

Conversion of a convertible note payable

 

$

980

 

 

$

 

 

$

600

 

Conversion of convertible bonds

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

3,529

 

Conversion of accrued interest to common stock

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

203

 

Shares issued in connection with bonds

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

360

 

Shares issued to placement agent

 

$

 

 

$

116

 

 

$

28

 

Shares issued with convertible promissory notes

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

123

 

Shares issued with promissory notes

 

$

 

 

$

65

 

 

$

 

Conversion of promissory notes

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

2,994

 

 

 

NOTE 17 – INCOME TAXES

The Company accounts for income taxes under ASC 740, “Income Taxes”. ASC 740 requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to differences between financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured by applying enacted statutory tax rates that are applicable to the future years in which deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be settled or realized. The effect of a change in tax rates on the deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in the period in which the tax rate change is enacted. ASC 740 also requires the establishment of a valuation allowance to reflect the likelihood of realization of deferred tax assets based on a more likely than not threshold. Realization is dependent upon future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible or are utilized. All of the Company’s tax returns have been filed through the fiscal year ended May 31, 2016. The Company is currently in the process of filing its tax returns for the transition period ending December 31, 2016.

The Company has not recorded a deferred tax liability with respect to its investment in certain foreign corporate subsidiaries as an exception to ASC 740, since the underlying earnings of the foreign subsidiaries are indefinitely reinvested in accordance with ASC 740-10-25-3(a)(1).

During previous fiscal years, the Company acquired both CSI and Monroe, both of whose businesses had acquired net operating losses. In addition, the Company has undergone several events which qualify as owner shifts pursuant to IRC section 382 since its own inception. As a consequence of these shifts, the Company has undergone ownership changes which, pursuant to IRC section 382, result in a limitation in the annual utilization of the Company’s net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $496. The annual Section 382 limitation may be increased based on the recognition of unrealized built-in gains during the five years following the most recent ownership change allowing for a greater utilization of the Company’s pre-change losses. The deferred tax asset derived from these tax loss carry-forwards have been included in the consolidated deferred tax asset from net operating losses shown below.

F-51


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

The components of (loss) income before provision for income taxes for the Transition Period and years ended May 31, 2016 and 2015 are as follows:

 

 

 

Transition

Period Ended

 

 

Years Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

May 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Domestic

 

$

(4,749

)

 

$

(9,113

)

 

$

(18,078

)

Foreign

 

 

1,155

 

 

 

(355

)

 

 

515

 

Income before provision for income taxes

 

$

(3,594

)

 

$

(9,468

)

 

$

(17,563

)

 

The provision for income taxes consisted of the following:

 

 

 

Transition

Period Ended

 

 

Years Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

May 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

(206

)

State

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

43

 

Foreign

 

 

16

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

103

 

Total current tax expense (benefit)

 

 

16

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

(60

)

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deferred tax expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax asset, net of allowance

 

$

16

 

 

$

17

 

 

$

(60

)

 

 

The difference between the income tax provision on income (loss) and the amount computed at the U.S. federal statutory rate is due to:

 

 

 

Transition Period

Ended December 31,

 

 

Years Ended May 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Income tax (benefit) provision at

   Federal statutory rate

 

$

(1,222

)

 

 

34.0

%

 

$

(3,242

)

 

 

34.0

%

 

$

(5,971

)

 

 

34.0

%

State income taxes, net of Federal

   Benefit

 

 

(188

)

 

 

5.2

%

 

 

(363

)

 

 

3.8

%

 

 

(716

)

 

 

4.1

%

International permanent differences

 

 

17

 

 

 

(0.5

%)

 

 

84

 

 

 

(0.9

%)

 

 

14

 

 

 

(0.1

%)

International tax rate differentials

 

 

180

 

 

 

(5.0

%)

 

 

64

 

 

 

(0.7

%)

 

 

(87

)

 

 

0.5

%

U.S. Permanent differences

 

 

488

 

 

 

(13.6

%)

 

 

966

 

 

 

(10.1

%)

 

 

2,606

 

 

 

(14.8

%)

Change in valuation allowance

 

 

741

 

 

 

(81.2

%)

 

 

2,508

 

 

 

(26.3

%)

 

 

4,094

 

 

 

(23.3

%)

Tax provision

 

$

16

 

 

 

%

 

$

17

 

 

 

(0.2

%)

 

$

(60

)

 

 

0.4

%

 

F-52


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

Our deferred tax assets (liabilities) are as follows:

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

As of May 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating loss carryforward

 

$

7,439

 

 

$

7,731

 

 

$

7,120

 

Tax credit, deduction and capital loss

   carryforward

 

 

1,038

 

 

 

1,038

 

 

 

1,038

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

151

 

 

 

366

 

 

 

215

 

Depreciation and other amortization

 

 

1,422

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

1

 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

 

761

 

 

 

797

 

 

 

355

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

10,811

 

 

 

9,943

 

 

 

8,729

 

Less: valuation allowance

 

 

(8,843

)

 

 

(7,310

)

 

 

(6,069

)

Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

 

 

1,968

 

 

 

2,633

 

 

 

2,660

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

21

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

102

 

Basis differences in acquired intangibles

 

 

1,947

 

 

 

2,583

 

 

 

2,551

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

$

1,968

 

 

$

2,633

 

 

$

2,653

 

Deferred tax asset, net of allowance

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

7

 

 

The company has adapted Accounting Standard Update 2015-17 retrospectively, to all periods presented.  To simplify the presentation of deferred income taxes, the amendments in this Update require that deferred tax liabilities and assets be classified as noncurrent in a classified statement of financial position.

As of December 31, 2016, the Company has a net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards of approximately $17,274 in the U.S., $2,939 in the U.K., expiring at various points through the year 2036. The Company may be subject to the NOL utilization provisions of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. The effect of an ownership change of more than 50% in a certain look back period, would be the imposition of an annual limitation on the use of the NOL carried forward attributable to periods prior to the ownership change. The amount of the annual limitation depends upon the value of the Company immediately prior to the change, changes to the Company’s capital during a specified period prior to the change and the federal published interest rate.

 

 

F-53


STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated)

 

NOTE 18—COMPARATIVE FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR SEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 26, 2015 (UNAUDITED)

The condensed consolidated statement of income for the seven months ended December 26, 2015 is as follows (in thousands, except per share data):

 

 

 

For the Period

June 1, 2015 -

December 26, 2015

 

Revenue

 

$

91,432

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization

   stated below

 

 

75,116

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Profit

 

 

16,316

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Expenses:

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses, excluding

   depreciation and amortization stated below

 

 

16,618

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

1,817

 

Total Operating Expenses

 

 

18,435

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from Operations

 

 

(2,119

)

 

 

 

 

 

Other Income / (Expenses):

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

(1,527

)

Amortization of beneficial conversion feature

 

 

(421

)

Amortization of debt discount and deferred financing costs

 

 

(1,150

)

Other income / (loss)

 

 

(13

)

Loss before Provision for Income Tax

 

 

(5,230

)

 

 

 

 

 

(Provision) Benefit for income taxes

 

 

9

 

Net Loss

 

 

(5,221

)

 

 

 

 

 

Net income / (loss)  attributable to non-controlling interest

 

 

9

 

Net Loss Before Preferred Share Dividends

 

 

(5,230

)

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends - Series A preferred stock

 

 

116

 

Net loss attributable to common stock

 

$

(5,346

)

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and Diluted Net Loss per Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Loss

 

$

(1.13

)

Net Loss Attributable to Common Stock

 

$

(1.15

)

Weighted Average Shares Outstanding – Basic and Diluted

 

 

4,636,145

 

 

 

NOTE 19 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

Where applicable, all material subsequent events have been disclosed in their respective footnotes.

 

 

 

F-54


 

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUTNING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

Not applicable.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As required by Rule 13a-15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s “disclosure controls and procedures” and “internal control over financial reporting” as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted to the SEC under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified by the SEC’s rules and forms, and that information is accumulated and communicated to management, including the principal executive and financial officer as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures. Our principal executive officer and principal financial officer evaluated the effectiveness of disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report (“Evaluation Date”), pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b) under the Exchange Act. Based on that evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that, as of the Evaluation Date, our disclosure controls and procedures were operating effectively.

Management believes that the consolidated financial statements in this annual report on Form 10-K/T fairly present, in all material respects, the Company’s financial condition as of the Evaluation Date, and results of its operations and cash flows for the Evaluation Date, in conformity with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”).

Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f).  Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that

 

a)

pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;

 

b)

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit the preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and

 

c)

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Based on our evaluation under the framework described above, our management concluded that our internal controls over financial reporting were effective in accordance with Item 308(a)(3) of Regulation S-K.

Attestation report of the registered public accounting firm

This Annual Report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to the rules of the SEC.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

No change in our system of internal control over financial reporting occurred during the transition period ended December 31, 2016 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

35


 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.

None.

 

 

36


 

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.

Board Composition

Our board of directors consists of five directors.  Under the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, each director will be elected until the next year’s annual meeting of stockholders and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified, unless sooner displaced.  Our shareholders approved the appointment of our five directors at our annual shareholder meeting on January 26, 2017.  

Executive Officers and Directors

The name, address, age and position of our executive officers and directors are set forth below.

 

Name and Address

 

Age

 

Positions

Brendan Flood

 

52

 

Executive Chairman and Director

Matthew Briand

 

44

 

Chief Executive Officer, President and Director

David Faiman

 

44

 

Chief Financial Officer

Dimitri Villard

 

74

 

Director

Jeff Grout

 

64

 

Director

Nicholas Florio

 

53

 

Director

 

Brendan Flood, Executive Chairman and Director. Mr. Flood has been the Executive Chairman and a Director of the Company since January 7, 2014 and has been in the staffing industry for 20 years. Mr. Flood joined the company upon the sale of his business, Initio International Holdings (“Initio”), on January 3, 2014, where he was the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), to the Company. He acquired Initio as part of a management buy-out, which he led, in January 2010. Prior to Initio, Mr. Flood worked in several staffing companies including Hudson Global Resources Inc. which he brought to the Nasdaq National Market on April 1, 2003, as a spin-off from Monsterworldwide Inc. His experience while at Monsterworldwide included numerous M&A transactions, operational management in both London and New York, and various senior financial roles. Mr. Flood graduated from Dublin City University in Ireland with a Bachelor of Arts Degree in Accounting and Finance. Mr. Flood's strong financial background and years of experience at major staffing firms like Monsterworldwide and Hudson Global Resources qualifies him to be the Executive Chairman and a director given the Company’s core business in the staffing industry.

Matthew Briand, Chief Executive Officer, President and Director. Mr. Briand has been the CEO and a Director of the Company since January 7, 2014, and became President of the Company effective January 1, 2015. Mr. Briand joined the Company as part of the sale of Initio to the Company. Within Initio Mr. Briand was the CEO of Monroe which was the material part of the Initio business. He has been in the staffing industry for 20 years and was appointed as the CEO of Monroe in January 2009. Between 2009 and 2013, he led an organic build of Monroe of approximately 200%. Mr. Briand is a graduate of Plymouth State University in New Hampshire. Mr. Briand's 19 years of extensive staffing industry experience and leadership as CEO of Monroe, the Company’s largest subsidiary, qualifies him to be the CEO and a Director given the Company’s staffing industry focus.

David Faiman, Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Faiman has served as the Chief Financial Officer since March 1, 2016. Mr. Faiman has over 20 years of finance and accounting experience at both private and public companies, bringing a high degree of knowledge and proficiency to his role as Chief Financial Officer. From 2013 to 2015, Mr. Faiman was Vice President of Financial Planning & Analysis as well as Chief Accounting Officer of Novitex Enterprise Solutions, Inc. (“Novitex”), a leading provider of solutions in the document outsourcing industry and which is owned by the private equity firm Apollo Global Management, LLC. Prior to Novitex, Mr. Faiman served in various senior financial roles, including acting Chief Financial Officer, during his almost 10-year tenure from 2004 to 2013 at Cengage Learning, Inc. (formerly Thomson Learning of Thomson Reuters). During this time, Mr. Faiman was part of the management team responsible for the coordination of a multi-billion private equity buyout of Cengage Learning by Apax Partners LLP, a private equity firm. Mr. Faiman began his career at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP in its Assurance and Business Advisory practice. Mr. Faiman is a Certified Public Accountant and graduated summa cum laude with a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration from the University of Connecticut.  

Dimitri VillardDirector. Dimitri Villard has been a Director of the Company since July 2012. Mr. Villard was Chairman and CEO of Peer Media Technologies, Inc., a public company Internet technology business, from February 2009 to December 2012. Peer Media Technologies, Inc. changed its name from ARTISTdirect, Inc. in May 2010. Prior to that, Mr. Villard served as Interim Chief Executive Officer since March 6, 2008 and as a Director since January 2005 until 2012. Mr. Villard has also served as President and a Director of Pivotal BioSciences, Inc., a biotechnology company, since September 1998 to present. In addition, since January 1982 to present, he has served as President and Director of Byzantine Productions, Inc. Previously, Mr. Villard was a Director at the investment banking firm of SG Cowen and affiliated entities, a position he held from January 1997 to July 1999. From 2004 to 2008,

37


 

Mr. Villard served as Chairman of the Board of Directors of Dax Solutions, Inc., an entertainment industry digital asset management venture, and from July 2012 until September 2013, was a member of the Board of Directors of The Grilled Cheese Truck Company, a public company. He is also a member of the Executive Committee of the Los Angeles chapter of the Tech Coast Angels, a private venture capital group. Mr. Villard received a Bachelor of Arts from Harvard University and a Master of Science degree from China International Medical University. He is the Chairman of the Company’s Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee and also serves on the Compensation Committee and the Audit Committee. Mr. Villard's experience as an officer and/or director of several public companies, as well as an investment banker, qualifies him to be a Director of the Company.

Jeff Grout, Director. Jeff Grout has been a Director of the Company since February 2014. He is a successful business speaker, consultant and coach. His clients include Amazon, Deloitte, LinkedIn, British Airways, Barclays, Ernst & Young, Virgin, etc. Listed in the '100 Best Business Speakers in Britain', Jeff Grout is in considerable demand as a motivational business speaker, conference chairman and interviewer. Formerly U.K. Managing Director of Robert Half International, a leading international recruitment consultancy, and Business Manager to Sir Clive Woodward, Head Coach of the England Rugby Team, Mr. Grout is now an independent business consultant specializing in leadership, people management, team building, peak performance, recruitment and retention issues. He has spoken at Henley Business School, Ashridge Management College, Cardiff Business School and the Danish Centre for Leadership. He holds several corporate advisory and executive coaching appointments and is also a successful business author. Jeff has written books on leadership, recruitment, career success, the psychology of peak performance and his father's first murder case. His eighth book entitled “What You Need to Know about Leadership” was published in May 2011. Mr. Grout holds a Bachelor of Science (Economics) Degree from the London School of Economics and Political Science. Mr. Grout brings valuable operational experience within the staffing industry having grown the U.K. business of Robert Half International from $1 million to $100 million in sales and from 12 to 365 employees. He also identified and integrated several acquisitions of staffing businesses in the U.K. and continental Europe. He is the Chairman of the Company’s Compensation Committee and serves on the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and the Audit Committee. Mr. Grout's extensive staffing industry experience, including his role as former Managing Director of Robert Half International, qualifies him to be a director of the Company.

Nicholas Florio, Director. Nicholas Florio has been a Director of the Company since May 2014. Mr. Florio provides business consulting and financial advice to a variety of closely held private businesses. He is an audit and accounting partner for Citrin Cooperman & Company, LLP (“Citrin Cooperman”) based in the firm’s New York City office. Mr. Florio has been with Citrin Cooperman for over 23 years. With over 25 years of experience in the staffing and employment arena, Mr. Florio serves as the Practice Leader of the firm's Employment and staffing area. Mr. Florio's experience in this area includes providing advice on corporate structuring; design of stock incentive and deferred compensation plans; merger and acquisition due diligence and consulting; among general business and tax advice. He is also a current member of the Board of Directors of both the New York Staffing Association (“NYSA”) and New Jersey Staffing Association (“NJSA”) and has been the President of the Industry Partner Group of NYSA for over 15 years. Mr. Florio is also a long-standing member of the Citrin Cooperman’s Executive Committee. A graduate of Pace University, Mr. Florio is a member of the New York State Society of Certified Public Accountants (“NYSSCPA”) as well as the American Institute of CPAs (“AICPA”). He is the Chairman of the Company’s Audit Committee and serves on the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Mr. Florio's acute knowledge of financial and accounting matters, with an emphasis in the staffing industry through his role as audit and accounting partner for Citrin Cooperman, qualifies him to be a director of the Company.

Director Independence

Our Board has reviewed the materiality of any relationship that each of our directors has with us, either directly or indirectly. Based on this review, the Board has determined that the following directors are “independent directors” as defined by The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc. (“Nasdaq”) and SEC rules: Dimitri Villard, Jeff Grout and Nicholas Florio.

Meetings of the Board of Directors

The Board convened eight times during the Transition Period. Each director attended at least 90% of the total number of meetings of the Board. Directors are encouraged, but are not required, to attend our annual meeting of stockholders. At the Company’s annual meeting of stockholders on January 26, 2017, all directors were in attendance.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our Board currently has three standing committees: the Audit Committee, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, and the Compensation Committee, each of which is described below. All standing committees operate under a charter that has been approved by the Board. Copies of the charters of the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and the Nominating and Governance Committee can be found on our Internet site www.staffing360solutions.com.

38


 

Audit Committee. On April 30, 2014, the Board designated an Audit Committee in accordance with section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Exchange Act (the “Audit Committee”). As of December 31, 2016, the Audit Committee is composed of Messrs. Nicholas Florio (Chairman), Dimitri Villard and Jeff Grout. All members of our audit committee are independent as defined in the rules and regulations of the SEC and Nasdaq, and the Board has determined that Mr. Nicholas Florio is the qualified financial expert (see credentials listed above). The Audit Committee formally met twice during the Transition Period. The purpose of the Audit Committee is to assist the Board in its oversight of: (1) the integrity of the Company’s financial reporting and systems of internal accounting control, (2) the independence, qualifications and performance of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, and (3) the Company’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements.

Our Audit Committee’s primary responsibilities and obligations are to:

 

Pre-approve all auditing services and permitted non-audit services (including the fees and terms thereof) to be performed for the Company by its independent auditor and establish policies and procedures for the engagement of the independent auditor to provide auditing and permitted non-audit services.

 

Review the annual audited financial statements with management and the independent auditor, including the Company’s disclosures under Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

 

Appoint, compensate, retain and oversee the work of the independent auditor.

 

Review and discuss with management and the independent auditor the Company’s quarterly financial statements prior to filing the Form 10-Q, including the results of the independent auditor’s review of them and the Company’s disclosures under Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

 

Review and discuss with management the Company’s quarterly earnings announcements and other public announcements regarding the Company’s results of operations.

 

Prepare any report required to be prepared by it for inclusion in the Company’s proxy statement under SEC rules and regulations.

 

Review and approve all related party transactions.

 

Review major changes to the Company’s accounting and auditing principles and practices as suggested by management or the independent auditor.

 

Obtain and review, at least annually, a report by the independent auditor describing the independent auditor’s internal quality-control procedures.

Compensation Committee. On April 30, 2014, the Board designated a Compensation Committee (the “Compensation Committee”). Our Compensation Committee is composed of Messrs. Jeff Grout (Chairman) and Dimitri Villard. Effective from January 1, 2017, the Board appointed Nicholas Florio to the Compensation Committee. Pursuant to its charter, the Compensation Committee shall be comprised of at least two (2) “independent” members of the Board who shall also satisfy such other criteria imposed on members of the Compensation Committee pursuant to the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations of the SEC and Nasdaq. With regards to the Compensation Committee, the term “independent” refers to a member of the Compensation Committee who (i) meets the definition of “independence” under the rules and regulations of the SEC and Nasdaq, (ii) is a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act and (iii) is an “outside director” under the regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The Compensation Committee formally met five times during the Transition Period.

Our Compensation Committee’s primary responsibilities and obligations are to:

 

Determine, in executive session, the compensation for the Company’s Executive Chairman and CEO.

 

Review and determine the compensation of the executive officers of the Company other than the Executive Chairman and CEO based upon the recommendation of the Executive Chairman and CEO and such other customary factors that the Compensation Committee deems necessary or appropriate.

 

Recommend awards and/or bonuses to be granted to executive officers of the Company under the Company’s equity plans and other compensation or benefit plans or policies as approved by the Board or the Compensation Committee.

 

Approve the overall amount or percentage of plan and/or bonus awards to be granted to all Company employees and delegate to the Company’s executive management the right and power to specifically grant such awards to each Company employee within the aggregate limits and parameters set by the Compensation Committee.

39


 

 

Review and evaluate the performance of the Executive Chairman and CEO and the other executive officers of the Company.

 

Review and approve the design of other benefit plans pertaining to executives and employees of the Company.

 

Approve such reports on compensation as are necessary for filing with the SEC and other government bodies.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board (the “Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee”) was formed on April 30, 2014. The committee is composed of Messrs. Dimitri Villard (Chairman), Nicholas Florio and Jeff Grout. The committee shall be comprised of at least two (2) “independent” members of the board of directors as defined by the rules and regulations of the SEC and Nasdaq. All current members of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee are independent within this definition.

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is charged with the responsibility of reviewing our corporate governance policies and with proposing potential director nominees to the Board for consideration. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee formally met one time during the Transition Period. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will consider director nominees recommended by security holders. To recommend a nominee please write to the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee c/o Dimitri Villard, Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., 641 Lexington Avenue, Suite 2701, New York, New York 10022.

Our Nominating and Governance Committee’s primary responsibilities and obligations are to:

 

Recommend to the Board candidates for election or reelection to the Board at each annual meeting of stockholders of the Company or any other meeting of Company stockholders where the election of a class of directors is to be considered.

 

Consider stockholders’ nominees in accordance with applicable rules and regulations and develop procedures regarding the nomination process as required by the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations of the SEC and Nasdaq.

 

Make recommendations to the Board concerning the selection criteria to be used by the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee in seeking nominees for election to the Board.

 

Aid in attracting qualified candidates to serve on the Board and interview and otherwise assist in the screening of such candidates

 

Evaluate and make recommendations to the Board concerning the structure, composition and functioning of the Board and all Board committees.

 

Develop and recommend to the Board from time to time corporate governance guidelines applicable to the Company. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee shall, from time to time as it deems appropriate, review and reassess the adequacy of such guidelines and recommend and propose changes to the Board for approval.

 

Review any issues relating to conflicts of interests and (in conjunction with the Audit Committee of the Board as necessary or appropriate) all related party transactions in accordance with SEC and Nasdaq requirements, and report the same to the Board.

 

Review and recommend changes to Board meeting procedures.

 

Monitor any requests made by the directors to engage outside advisors with respect to corporate governance issues, at the Company’s expense.

Section 16 (a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Based solely upon a review of the Forms 3, 4 and 5 and amendments thereto furnished to the Company during the Transition Period, the following directors, officers and persons beneficially owning greater than 10% of the Company’s equity securities failed to timely file reports required by Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act during the Transition Period and most recent fiscal years.

Brendan Flood and Matthew Briand failed to timely file their Form 4 upon the exchange of warrants for common stock.  David Faiman failed to timely file his Form 3 upon becoming an officer and his Form 4 upon the issuance of shares relating to his employment with the Company.  The number of Forms 3, 4 and 5 and the number of transaction that were not filed timely are as follows:  Brendan Flood (1 form, 1 transaction); Matthew Briand (1 form, 1 transaction); David Faiman (2 forms, 1 transaction).

As of December 31, 2016, the Company believes that all historical and current Section 16(a) filings have now been filed with the Securities Exchange Commission.

40


 

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among any of our executive officers or any of our directors.

Code of Ethics

We adopted a code of ethics that applies to our executive officers, Directors and employees and our subsidiaries. Our code of ethics is posted to our web site at www.staffing360solutions.com. We will disclose any amendments to or any waivers from a provision of the code of ethics, if they occur, in a Current Report on Form 8-K.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

Compensation of Executive Officers

The following table sets forth the compensation paid to our named executive officers for the Transition Period and years ended May 31, 2016 and 2015. Individuals we refer to as our “named executive officers” include our CEO and our most highly compensated executive officers whose salary and bonus for services rendered in all capacities exceeded $100,000 during the Transition Period.

All amounts presented in Item 11 are in whole dollar amounts. All compensation amounts presented in British pounds have been translated using the foreign currency average exchange rates.

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and Principal Position

 

Fiscal

Year

 

Salary

($)

 

 

Bonus

($)

 

 

Stock

Awards

($)

 

 

Option

Awards

($)

 

 

Non-Equity

Incentive

Plan

Compensation

($)

 

 

Nonqualified

Deferred

Compensation

Earnings

($)

 

 

All

Other

Compensation

($)

 

 

Total

($)

 

Brendan Flood

 

2016-T (*)

 

 

204,404

 

 

 

102,202

 

 

 

 

 

 

40,001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

84,668

 

 

 

431,274

 

Executive Chairman (1)

 

2016

 

 

335,574

 

 

 

292,511

 

 

 

149,997

 

 

 

68,572

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

145,472

 

 

 

992,126

 

 

 

2015

 

 

286,994

 

 

 

661,107

 

 

 

 

 

 

68,572

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28,999

 

 

 

1,045,672

 

Matthew Briand

 

2016-T (*)

 

 

204,167

 

 

 

102,083

 

 

 

 

 

 

40,001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

83,508

 

 

 

429,759

 

Chief Executive Officer (2)

 

2016

 

 

320,833

 

 

 

235,252

 

 

 

149,997

 

 

 

68,572

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

142,863

 

 

 

917,517

 

 

 

2015

 

 

300,000

 

 

 

460,566

 

 

 

 

 

 

68,572

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

86,737

 

 

 

915,875

 

David Faiman

 

2016-T (*)

 

 

160,417

 

 

 

80,208

 

 

 

35,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,825

 

 

 

287,450

 

Chief Financial Officer (3)

 

2016

 

 

68,750

 

 

 

57,292

 

 

 

15,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,554

 

 

 

144,596

 

 

 

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jeff Mitchell

 

2016

 

 

90,721

 

 

 

37,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,323

 

 

 

144,544

 

Former Chief Financial

   Officer (4)

 

2015

 

 

250,000

 

 

 

125,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

26,169

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

71,947

 

 

 

473,116

 

 

(*) Refers to the Transition Period ended December 31, 2016

 

(1)

Pursuant to the terms of the employment agreement with Brendan Flood, dated as of January 3, 2014 (the “Flood Employment Agreement”), Mr. Flood will be paid a salary of £192,000 ($286,994) per annum, less statutory deductions, plus other benefits including reimbursement for reasonable expenses, paid vacation and insurance coverage, for his role with the Company. Mr. Flood’s salary may be increased (but not decreased) annually by the increase in the Consumer Price Index for all Urban Consumers (CPI-U) for the Northeast Region (the “CPI Adjustment”). On January 1, 2016, the Company amended the employment agreement with Mr. Flood to increase his salary to £270,000 ($403,585), include a car allowance of £15,000 ($22,421) per annum and a pension contribution of £6,000 ($8,969) per annum. All other terms of Mr. Flood’s employment agreement remain unchanged. Pursuant to the agreement and the amendment, Mr. Flood was paid a salary of £224,500 ($335,574) and £192,000 ($286,994) in 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Company also recorded bonuses of £195,691 ($292,511) in 2016, and £442,283 ($661,107) in 2015. For Mr. Flood’s 2016 bonus, £83,441 ($124,725) was paid in cash and the remaining £112,250 ($167,787) remains unpaid. For Mr. Flood’s 2015 bonus, £13,952 ($20,860) was paid in cash, £56,000 ($83,707) was converted into common stock, £40,000 ($59,780) was not paid until January 2017 and £325,423 ($486,429) was converted in full satisfaction of the Gross Profit Appreciation Bonus in his employment contract into 1,039,380 shares of Series A Preferred Stock. In addition to Mr. Flood’s salary and pursuant to the Company’s 2015 and 2014 Plans, the Company granted Mr. Flood 33,000 and 15,000 options in 2014 and 2015, respectively, of which, 20% of the options granted vest immediately and 20% vest on an annual basis thereafter. The options are exercisable for a term of ten years from the date of issuance. The fair value of the stock options was estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes options pricing model. For the years ended May 31, 2016 and 2015, 9,600 options vested in each year for a total value of $68,572, respectively. In fiscal 2016, in the form of other income,

41


 

 

Mr. Flood received $124,725 in the form of dividends that have been accrued but not paid associated with the Series A Preferred Stock, a total of £6,250 ($7,499) in the form of life insurance premiums, £5,130 ($7,668) of car allowance payments and £2,500 ($3,736) in the form of pension contributions. In fiscal 2015, in the form of other income, Mr. Flood received £20,860 ($31,181) in the form of dividends that have been accrued but not paid associated with the issuance of Series A Preferred Stock and £5,445 ($8,139) in the form of life insurance premiums. During the Transition Period, Mr. Flood, received £157,500 ($204,404) in salary, accrued bonus of £78,750 ($102,202) based on 50% of salary, received stock option awards under the Company’s 2015 and 2014 Plans valued at $40,001. All other compensation for the Transition Period, includes car allowance of £8,974 ($11,646), life insurance premiums of £3,850 ($4,997), Series A Preferred Stock dividends that have been accrued but not paid of £48,832 ($63,374), and pension allowance of £3,854 ($4,651).

 

(2)

Pursuant to the terms of the employment agreement with Matthew Briand, dated as of January 3, 2014 (the “Briand Employment Agreement”), Mr. Briand will be paid a salary of $300,000 per annum, less statutory deductions, plus other benefits including reimbursement for reasonable expenses, car allowance, paid vacation and insurance coverage, for his roles with the Company. Mr. Briand’s salary may be increased (but not decreased) annually by the CPI Adjustment. On January 1, 2016, the Company amended the employment agreement with Mr. Briand to increase his salary to $350,000. All other terms of Mr. Briand’s employment agreement remain unchanged. Pursuant to the agreement and the amendment, Mr. Briand was paid a salary of $320,833 and $300,000 in 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Company also recorded bonuses totaling $235,252 in 2016, of which $160,417 has not been paid, and $460,566 in 2015, of which $106,209 was paid in cash, $62,500 remains unpaid and $291,857 was converted in full satisfaction of the Gross Profit Appreciation Bonus in his employment contact into 623,628 shares of Series A Preferred Stock. In addition to Mr. Briand’s salary and pursuant to the Company’s 2015 and 2014 Plans, the Company granted Mr. Briand 33,000 and 15,000 options in 2014 and 2015, respectively, of which, 20% of the options granted vest immediately and 20% vest on an annual basis thereafter. The options are exercisable for a term of ten years from the date of issuance. The fair value of the stock options was estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes options pricing model. For the years ended May 31, 2016 and 2015, 9,600 options vested in each year for a total value of $68,572, respectively. In fiscal 2016, in the form of other income, Mr. Briand received $74,835 in the form of dividends that have been accrued but not paid associated with the issuance of Series A Preferred Stock, $22,546 of car allowance payments, $14,215 of tax gross-up payment for health insurance premiums, $20,867 of disability and life insurance premiums and $10,400 of Company paid 401K plan matching contributions. In fiscal 2015, in the form of other income, Mr. Briand received $18,709 in the form of dividends that have been accrued but not paid associated with the issuance of Series A Preferred Stock, $22,546 of car allowance payments, $14,215 of tax gross-up payment for health insurance premiums, $20,867 of disability and life insurance premiums and $10,400 of Company paid 401K plan matching contributions. During the transition period ended December 31, 2016, Mr. Briand received a salary of $204,167, accrued for bonus of $102,083 and stock option awards under the Company’s 2015 and 2014 Plans valued at $40,001. All other compensation for the transition period December 31, 2016 includes car allowance of $13,207, medical insurance of $8,292, life insurance of $12,172, 401K matching contributions of $6,183 and Series A Preferred Stock dividends that have been accrued for of $43,654.

 

(3)

Pursuant to the terms of the employment agreement with David Faiman, dated February 5, 2016 (the “Faiman Employment Agreement”), Mr. Faiman was appointed as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer effective March 1, 2016 and will receive an annual base salary of $275,000. Mr. Faiman’s salary may be increased (but not decreased) annually by the CPI Adjustment. Mr. Faiman also received a grant of 50,000 restricted shares of the Company’s common stock, which will vest as follows: (i) 25,000 shares on the first year anniversary, and (ii) 25,000 shares on the second anniversary of Mr. Faiman’s employment start date. Annual adjustments to salary, as well as bonus and additional stock option awards will be granted at the discretion of the Board based on meeting personal and corporate objectives each year. His annual bonus target will be 50% of annual base salary. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Faiman was paid $68,750 in fiscal 2016. The Company also recorded a bonus accrual of $57,292 in 2016, of which $0 has been paid as of May 31, 2016. In addition, Mr. Faiman received 50,000 shares of restricted common stock in 2016 valued at $2.40 per share for a total value of $120,000. In the form of other income, Mr. Faiman received $3,554 of tax gross-up payment for medical insurance premiums. During the Transition Period, Mr. Faiman received a salary of $160,417 and accrued for bonus of $80,208. All other compensation for the Transition Period includes medical insurance of $8,292 and 401K matching contributions of $3,533.

 

4)

Pursuant to the terms of the employment agreement with Jeff R. Mitchell, dated as of March 17, 2014 (the “Mitchell Employment Agreement”), Mr. Mitchell was paid a salary of $250,000 per annum. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Mitchell was paid $90,721 and $250,000 in Fiscal 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Company also recorded a bonus accrual of $37,500 and $125,000 in 2016 and 2015, respectively, of which $125,000 and $0 was paid as of May 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Pursuant to the Company’s 2014 and 2015 Plans, the Company granted Mr. Mitchell 15,000 and 10,000 options, respectively. 20% of the options granted vested immediately and 20% will vest on an annual basis thereafter. The options are exercisable for a term of ten years from the date of issuance. The fair value of the stock options were estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes options pricing model. The Company used the assumptions as

42


 

 

stated in footnote 11 of the May 31, 2016 financial statement to determine the fair value of the options. For the year ended May 31, 2015, 5,000 options vested, for a total value of $26,169. These values represent the amount recognized by the Company for financial statement reporting purposes in accordance with the recognition and measurement provisions of Share Based Compensation as defined in ASC 718. In fiscal 2016, in the form of other income, Mr. Mitchell received $5,923 of tax gross-up payment for health insurance premiums, and $10,400 of Company paid 401K plan matching contributions. In fiscal 2015, in the form of other income, Mr. Mitchell received $5,923 of tax gross-up payment for health insurance premiums, $42,556 tax gross-up payment associated with his relocation costs, $19,237 of Company paid medical insurance and $4,231 of Company paid 401K plan matching contributions.

Employment Agreements  

On January 3, 2014, in connection with the acquisition of Initio, the Company entered into the Flood Employment Agreement with Brendan Flood. Pursuant to the Flood Employment Agreement, Mr. Flood will serve as Executive Chairman of the Board, as well as, Chief Executive Officer of Initio. Mr. Flood will be paid a salary of £192,000 ($286,994) per annum, less statutory deductions, plus other benefits including reimbursement for reasonable expenses, paid vacation and insurance coverage for his roles with both the Company and Staffing (UK). Mr. Flood’s salary will be adjusted (but not decreased) annually the CPI Adjustment. Mr. Flood will also be entitled to an annual bonus of up to 50% of his annual base salary based reaching certain financial milestones. Additionally, Mr. Flood is entitled to Gross Profit Appreciation Participation, which entitles the participants to 10% of Initio’s Excess Gross Profit, which is defined as the increase in Initio gross profits in excess of 120% of the base year’s gross profit, up to $400,000. Mr. Flood’s participating level is 62.5%. On May 29, 2015, the Gross Profit Appreciation Bonus associated with this employment agreement was converted into Series A Preferred Stock. The Flood Employment Agreement has a term of five years and will automatically renew thereafter unless 12 months written notice is provided by either party. This employment agreement includes customary non-compete/solicitation language for a period of 12 months after termination of employment. Effective September 18, 2015, the Board appointed Brendan Flood, the Company’s Executive Chairman, to serve as the interim Chief Financial Officer while the Company actively searched for a permanent Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Flood did not receive additional compensation for his role as interim Chief Financial Officer. On January 1, 2016, the Company amended the employment agreement with Mr. Brendan Flood which provided that he will receive a salary of £270,000 ($403,585), a car allowance of £15,000 ($22,421) per annum and a pension contribution of £6,000 ($8,969) per annum. All other terms of Mr. Flood’s employment agreement will remain unchanged. On January 1, 2017, the Company increased Mr. Flood’s salary by 1.9% for cost of living increases per the CPI Adjustment.

On January 3, 2014, in connection with the acquisition of Initio, the Company entered into the Briand Employment Agreement with Matthew Briand. Pursuant to the Briand Employment Agreement, Mr. Briand will serve as Co-Chief Executive Officer of the Company, as well as, Chief Executive Officer of Monroe. Mr. Briand will be paid a salary of $300,000 per annum, plus other benefits including reimbursement for reasonable expenses, paid vacation and insurance coverage for his roles with both the Company and Monroe. Mr. Briand’s salary will be adjusted (but not decreased) annually the CPI Adjustment.  Mr. Briand will also be entitled to an annual bonus of up to 50% of his annual base salary based on reaching certain financial milestones. Additionally, Mr. Briand is entitled to Gross Profit Appreciation Participation, which entitles the participants to 10% of Initio’s Excess Gross Profit, which is defined as the increase in Initio gross profits in excess of 120% of the base year’s gross profit, up to $400. Mr. Briand’s participating level is 37.5%. On May 29, 2015, the Gross Profit Appreciation Bonus associated with this employment agreement was converted into Series A Preferred Stock. The Briand Employment Agreement has a term of five years and will automatically renew thereafter unless 12 months written notice is provided by either party. This employment agreement includes customary non-compete/solicitation language for a period of 12 months after termination of employment. On January 27, 2015, Mr. Briand was given the additional title of President. On January 1, 2016, the Company amended the employment agreement with Mr. Matt Briand, Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Briand will receive a salary of $350,000. All other terms of Mr. Briand’s employment agreement will remain unchanged. On January 1, 2017, the Company increased Mr. Briand’s salary by 1.9% for cost of living increases per the CPI Adjustment.

On February 5, 2016, the Company entered into the Faiman Employment Agreement with David Faiman.  Pursuant to the Faiman Employment Agreement, Mr. Faiman was appointed as Chief Financial Officer effective March 1, 2016 and will receive a base salary of $275,000 per annum. Mr. Faiman’s salary will be adjusted (but not decreased) annually the CPI Adjustment. Mr. Faiman also received a grant of 50,000 restricted shares of the Company’s common stock, which will vest as follows: (i) 25,000 shares on the first year anniversary, and (ii) 25,000 shares on the second anniversary of Mr. Faiman’s employment start date. Annual adjustments to salary, as well as bonus and additional stock option awards will be granted at the discretion of the Board based on meeting personal and corporate objectives each year. His annual bonus target will be 50% of annual base salary. On January 1, 2017, the Company increased Mr. Faiman’s salary by 1.9% for cost of living increases.

On March 17, 2014, the Company entered into the Mitchell Employment Agreement with Jeff R. Mitchell. Pursuant to the Mitchell Employment Agreement, Mr. Mitchell will serve as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Mitchell will receive an annual base salary $250,000, plus other benefits including reimbursement for reasonable expenses, paid vacation and insurance coverage for his role with the Company Mr. Mitchell will also be entitled to an annual bonus of up to 50% of his annual base salary

43


 

based on reaching certain milestones. Mr. Mitchell will also receive a grant of 12,500 common stock shares, issuable as follows: (i) 5,000 common stock shares on June 1, 2014, and (ii) 2,500 common stock shares on each one (1) year anniversary thereafter. In addition, Mr. Mitchell is entitled to 15,000 stock options to purchase common stock to be issued under the Company’s Stock Option Plan, which such stock options shall vest as follows: (i) 3,000 on March 17, 2014, and (ii) 3,000 on each one year anniversary thereafter. The initial vesting of stock options have an exercise price of $20.00 per share (all options thereafter will have an exercise price of $10.00 per share), and are exercisable for a period of 10 years from the date of grant. The Mitchell Employment Agreement has a term of three years. This employment agreement includes customary non-compete/solicitation language for a period of 12 months after termination of employment. On September 9, 2015, Mr. Mitchell submitted his resignation from his position as the Chief Financial Officer of the Company and all officer and director positions held in any subsidiary of the Company, effective on September 18, 2015.  Mr. Mitchell’s resignation was voluntary and not a result of any disagreement with the Company or its executive officers on any matter relating to the Company’s operations, policies or practices. 

Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2016

 

 

 

Option awards

 

 

 

Stock awards

 

Name

 

Number of

securities

underlying

unexercised

options (#)

exercisable

 

 

Number of

securities

underlying

unexercised

options (#)

unexercisable

 

 

Equity

incentive

plan

awards:

Number of

securities

underlying

unexercised

unearned

options (#)

 

 

Option

exercise

price ($)

 

 

Option

expiration

date

 

Number

of

shares

or units

of stock

that

have not

vested

(#)

 

 

Market

value of

shares

or units

of stock

that

have not

vested

($)

 

 

Equity

incentive

plan

awards;

Number

of

unearned

shares,

units or

other

rights

that

have not

vested

(#)

 

 

Equity

incentive

plan

awards:

Market

or

payout

value of

unearned

shares,

units or

other

rights

that

have not

vested

($)

 

Brendan Flood (1)

 

 

6,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,000

 

 

 

10.00

 

 

03/01/2024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brendan Flood (2)

 

 

19,800

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,200

 

 

 

13.33

 

 

01/27/2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matt Briand (1)

 

 

6,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,000

 

 

 

10.00

 

 

03/01/2024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matt Briand (2)

 

 

19,800

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,200

 

 

 

13.33

 

 

01/27/2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David Faiman (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

 

50,000

 

 

 

39,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

These options were issued pursuant to the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan and are exercisable for a period of 10 years

 

(2)

These options were issued pursuant to the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan and are exercisable for a period of five years

 

(3)

Pursuant to the Faiman Employment Agreement, Mr. Faiman received a grant of 50,000 restricted shares of the Company’s common stock, which will vest as follows: (i) 25,000 shares on the first year anniversary, and (ii) 25,000 shares on the second anniversary of Mr. Faiman’s employment start date.

Compensation of Directors

 

Name

 

Fiscal Year

 

Fees earned

or paid in cash ($)

 

 

Stock awards (1)

 

 

Option

Awards ($) (1)

 

 

Non-Equity

Incentive Plan

Compensation

 

 

Change in

Pension Value

and Nonqualified

Deferred

Compensation

Earnings

 

 

All Other

Compensation

 

 

Total ($)

 

Dimitri Villard (2)

 

2016-T (*)

 

$

29,167

 

 

$

2,683

 

 

$

1,049

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

32,899

 

Jeff Grout (3)

 

2016-T (*)

 

$

29,167

 

 

$

2,683

 

 

$

1,049

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

32,899

 

Nicholas Florio (4)

 

2016-T (*)

 

$

29,167

 

 

$

1,789

 

 

$

1,049

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

32,005

 

 

(*) Refers to the Transition Period.

 

(1)

The Company accounts for stock-based instruments issued to employees in accordance with ASC Topic 718 which requires companies to recognize in the statement of operations the grant-date fair value of stock options and other equity

44


 

 

based compensation issued to employees. A nonemployee who sits on the Board and is compensated by the Company solely for the individual’s role as a Director will be treated as an employee under ASC 718.

 

(2)

Dimitri Villard. As a member of our Board, Mr. Villard receives an annual payment of $30,000, payable $2,500 per month. In addition, for his service as a member of the Board, Mr. Villard receives 250 shares of restricted common stock per month.  In May, 2014, Mr. Villard was named the Chairman of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee. For his service as Chairman of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, Mr. Villard receives an annual payment of $20,000, payable $1,667 per month. In addition, Mr. Villard receives 83 shares of restricted common stock per month (1,000 shares annually). In addition, in May 2014, Mr. Villard was named as a member of the Audit Committee and the Compensation Committee. For his service as a member of the Audit Committee and Compensation Committee, Mr. Villard receives 83 shares of restricted common stock per month (1,000 shares annually) for each committee. For fiscal 2016, for his services as a board member and member of three committees, Mr. Villard was paid cash totaling $50,000 and received 6,000 shares valued at $28,649. In October 2015, Mr. Villard also received a one-time grant of 30,000 shares valued at $149,997 in relation to the Company’s uplisting to Nasdaq. In addition to Mr. Villards compensation and pursuant to the Company’s 2015 Plan, the Company granted Mr. Villard 25,000 options in 2015. 20% of the options granted vest immediately and 20% will vest on an annual basis thereafter. The options are exercisable for a term of 10 years from the date of issuance. The fair value of the stock options were estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes options pricing model. The Company used the assumptions as stated in footnote 11 of the May 31, 2016 financial statements to determine the fair value of the options. For the year ended May 31, 2016, 5,000 options vested for a total value of $1,438. During the Transition Period, Mr. Villard received cash fees of $17,500 for his services as a Board of Director member and $11,667 for services as Chairman of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee. Mr. Villard also received 1,500 stock awards valued at $2,683 for his services as Chairman of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, and 1,400 stock awards valued at $2,683 for his services as member of the Audit Committee and member of the Compensation Committee during the Transition Period.

 

(3)

Jeff Grout. As a member of our Board, Mr. Grout receives an annual payment of $30,000, payable $2,500 per month. In addition, for his service as a member of the Board, Mr. Grout receives 250 shares of restricted common stock per month. In February, 2014, Mr. Grout was named the Chairman of the Compensation Committee. For his service as Chairman of the Compensation Committee, Mr. Grout receives an annual payment of $20,000, payable $1,667 per month. Mr. Grout also receives 83 shares of restricted common stock per month (1,000 shares annually). Mr. Grout was also named as a member of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee. For his service as a member of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, Mr. Grout receives 83 shares of restricted common stock per month (1,000 shares annually). In June 2015, Mr. Grout was also named as a member of the Audit Committee. For his service as a member of the Audit Committee, Mr. Grout receives 83 shares of restricted common stock per month (1,000 shares annually). For fiscal 2016, for his services as a board member and member of three committees, Mr. Grout was paid cash totaling $50,000 and received 6,000 shares valued at $28,649. In October 2015, Mr. Grout received a one-time grant of 30,000 shares valued at $149,997 in relation to the Company’s uplisting to Nasdaq. In addition to Mr. Grouts compensation and pursuant to the Company’s 2015 Plan, the Company granted Mr. Grout 25,000 options in 2015. 20% of the options granted vest immediately and 20% will vest on an annual basis thereafter. The options are exercisable for a term of 10 years from the date of issuance. The fair value of the stock options were estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes options pricing model. The Company used the assumptions as stated in footnote 11 of the May 31, 2016 financial statements to determine the fair value of the options. For the year ended May 31, 2016, 5,000 options vested for a total value of $1,438. During the Transition Period, Mr. Grout received cash fees of $17,500 for his services as a Board of Director member and $11,667 for services as Chairman of the Compensation Committee. Mr. Grout also received 1,500 stock awards valued at $2,683 for his services as Chairman of the Compensation Committee, and 1,500 stock awards valued at $2,683 for his services as member of the Audit Committee and member of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee during the Transition Period.

 

(4)

Nicholas Florio. As a member of our Board, Mr. Florio receives an annual payment of $30,000, payable $2,500 per month. In addition, for his service as a member of the Board, Mr. Florio receives 250 shares of restricted common stock per month. In May, 2014, Mr. Florio was named the Chairman of the Audit Committee. For his service as Chairman of the Audit Committee, Mr. Florio receives an annual payment of $20,000, payable $1,667 per month. Mr. Florio also receives 83 shares of restricted common stock per month (1,000 shares annually). Mr. Florio was also named as a member of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee. For his service as a member of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, Mr. Florio receives 83 shares of restricted common stock per month (1,000 shares annually). For fiscal 2016, for his services as a board member and member of three committees, Mr. Florio was paid cash totaling $50,000 and received 5,000 shares valued at $23,874. In October 2015, Mr. Florio received a one-time grant of 30,000 shares valued at $149,997 in relation to the Company’s uplisting to Nasdaq. In addition to Mr. Florio’s compensation and pursuant to the Company’s 2015 Plan, the Company granted Mr. Florio 25,000 options in 2015. 20% of the options granted vest immediately and 20% will vest on an annual basis thereafter. The options are exercisable for a term of 10 years from the date of issuance. The fair value of the stock options were estimated at the date of grant using the Black-

45


 

 

Scholes options pricing model. The Company used the assumptions as stated in footnote 11 of the May 31, 2016 financial statements to determine the fair value of the options. For the year ended May 31, 2016, 5,000 options vested for a total value of $1,438. During the Transition Period, Mr. Florio received cash fees of $17,500 for his services as a Board member and $11,667 for services as Chairman of the Audit Committee. Mr. Florio also received 1,500 stock awards valued at $2,683 for his services as Chairman of the Audit Committee, and 1,000 stock awards valued at $1,789 for his services as member of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee during the Transition Period. At the request of Mr. Florio, all cash payments, common stock issuances and stock option issuances have been made in the name of Citrin Cooperman & Company, LLP.

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of April 12, 2017 for: (i) each of our directors; (ii) each of our executive officers; (iii) all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and (iv) all persons, to our knowledge, are the beneficial owners of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of common stock. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities.

Except as indicated in footnotes to this table, we believe each person named in this table has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares of common stock set forth opposite such person’s name. Percentage ownership is based on 14,498,979 shares of common stock outstanding on April 12, 2017. Percentage ownership of Series A Preferred Stock is based on 1,663,008 shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding as of April 12, 2017. 

 

Name of Beneficial Owner (1), (2)

 

Common Stock

Beneficially Owned (2)

 

 

Percent of

Common Stock

 

 

Series A

Preferred

Stock

Beneficially

Owned (2)

 

 

Percent

of

Series A

Preferred

Stock

 

Brendan Flood (3)

 

 

1,034,933

 

 

 

7.14

%

 

 

1,039,380

 

 

 

62.50

%

Matthew Briand

 

 

459,161

 

 

 

3.17

%

 

 

623,628

 

 

 

37.50

%

David Faiman

 

 

185,000

 

 

 

1.28

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dimitri Villard (4)

 

 

85,750

 

 

 

0.59

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jeff Grout (3)

 

 

88,667

 

 

 

0.61

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nicholas Florio (5)

 

 

91,471

 

 

 

0.63

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jackson Investment Group, LLC (6)

   2655 Northwinds Parkway

   Alpharetta, GA, 30009

 

 

2,102,561

 

 

 

14.50

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Directors and officers as a

   group (6 persons)

 

 

1,944,982

 

 

 

13.41

%

 

 

1,663,008

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

(1)

With the exception of Brendan Flood, Executive Chairman, and Jeff Grout, Director, the address of each person is 641 Lexington Avenue, Suite 2701, New York, New York 10022.

 

(2)

Unless otherwise indicated, all ownership is direct beneficial ownership.

 

(3)

Mr. Flood and Mr. Grout’s address is 3A London Wall Buildings, London Wall, London, EC2M 5SY, United Kingdom.

 

(4)

6,750 shares are held personally by Mr. Villard and 79,000 shares are held through Byzantine Productions, Inc.

46


 

 

(5)

Shares are held by Citrin Cooperman & Company LLP. Mr. Florio is a partner at Citrin Cooperman & Company LLP.

 

(6)

Jackson Investment Group is a Georgia-based limited liability company that received shares pursuant to financing agreements and purchased additional shares in the open market.

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2016 about the common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights under the Company’s equity compensation plans:

 

Plan Category

 

Number of Securities to be issued

upon exercising outstanding

options, warrants, and rights

 

 

Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights

 

 

Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a))

 

Equity compensation plans

   approved by security holders

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

Equity compensation plans not

   approved by security holders (1)

 

 

319,500

 

 

$

13.16

 

 

 

380,500

 

 

 

(1)

At December 31, 2016, the Company had two equity compensation plans not approved by security holders, which are more fully described below. Subsequent to December 31, 2016, two additional equity compensation plans were approved by stockholders at the Company’s annual shareholder meeting on January 26, 2017, which are also described below.  

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

On January 28, 2014, our Board adopted the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan”). Under the 2014 Plan, we may grant options to employees, directors, senior management of the company and, under certain circumstances, consultants. The purpose of the 2014 Plan is to retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive option awards, to secure and retain the services of new members of this group and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the company and its affiliates. A maximum of 250,000 shares of common stock has been reserved for issuance under this plan. The plan expires on January 28, 2024. At December 31, 2016, the Company had issued 250,000 options and shares of common stock and therefore there is nothing remaining under this plan.

The authority to administer the 2014 Plan currently resides with the Compensation Committee. They have the power to determine which persons eligible under the plan will be granted option awards.

Transferability

Option awards are not transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution unless otherwise provided in the individual option agreement.

Change of Control Event

In the event of a change in control, then, without the consent or action required of any holder of an option award (in such holder’s capacity as such):

(i) Any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation or any parent or affiliate thereof, as determined by the Board in its discretion, will assume or continue any option awards outstanding under the plan in all or in part or shall substitute to similar stock awards in all or in part; or

(ii) In the event any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation does not assume or continue any option awards or substitute to similar stock awards, for those outstanding under the plan, then: (a) all unvested option awards will expire (b) vested options will terminate if not exercised at or prior to such change in control; or

(iii) Upon change in control, the Board may, in its sole discretion, accelerate the vesting, partially or in full, in the sole discretion of the Board and on a case-by-case basis of one or more option awards as the board of directors may determine to be appropriate prior to such events.

Notwithstanding the above, in case of change in control, in the event all or substantially all of the shares of common stock of the company are to be exchanged for securities of another company, then each holder of an option award shall be obliged to sell or

47


 

exchange, as the case may be, any shares such holder holds or purchased under the plan, in accordance with the instructions issued by the Board, whose determination shall be final.

Termination of Employment/Relationship

In the event of termination of the option holders employment with the Company or any of its affiliates, or if applicable, the termination of services given to the Company or any of its affiliates by consultants of the Company or any of its affiliates for cause (as defined in the plan), all outstanding option awards granted to such option holder (whether vested or not) will immediately expire and terminate on the date of such termination and the holder of option awards will not have any right in connection to such outstanding option awards, unless otherwise determined by the Board. The shares of common stock covered by such option awards will revert to the plan.

2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan

On September 23, 2015, our Board adopted the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2015 Plan”). Under the 2015 Plan, we may grant options to employees, directors, senior management of the company and, under certain circumstances, consultants. The purpose of the 2015 Plan is to retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive option awards, to secure and retain the services of new members of this group and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the company and its affiliates.

The 2015 Plan provides for an aggregate of 450,000 shares of common stock to be available for awards. The number of shares available for grant pursuant to awards under the Plan is referred to as the “Available Shares”. If an award is forfeited, canceled, or if any option terminates, expires or lapses without being exercised, the common stock subject to such award will again be made available for future grant. However, shares that are used to pay the exercise price of an option or that are withheld to satisfy the participant’s tax withholding obligation will not be available for re-grant under the 2015 Plan.

The 2015 Plan will have a term of ten years and no further awards may be granted under the 2015 Plan after that date. At December 31, 2016, the Company had issued 92,000 options to purchase shares of common stock and had 358 unissued securities remaining under this plan.

Awards Available for Grant

The Compensation Committee may grant awards of Non-Qualified Stock Options, Incentive Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Bonus Awards, Performance Compensation Awards (including cash bonus awards) or any combination of the foregoing. Notwithstanding, the Compensation Committee may not grant to any one person in any one calendar year awards (i) for more than 150,000 common shares in the aggregate or (ii) payable in cash in an amount exceeding $600 in the aggregate.

Transferability

Each award may be exercised during the participant’s lifetime only by the participant or, if permissible under applicable law, by the participant’s guardian or legal representative and may not be otherwise transferred or encumbered by a participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The Compensation Committee, however, may permit awards (other than Incentive Stock Options) to be transferred to family members, a trust for the benefit of such family members, a partnership or limited liability company whose partners or stockholders are the participant and his or her family members or anyone else approved by it.

Change in Control

Except to the extent otherwise provided in an award, in the event of a change in control, all outstanding options and equity awards (other than performance compensation awards) issued under the Plan will become fully vested and performance compensation awards will vest, as determined by the Compensation Committee, based on the level of attainment of the specified performance goals. In general, the Compensation Committee may, in its discretion, cancel outstanding awards and pay the value of such awards to the participants in connection with a change in control. The Compensation Committee can also provide otherwise in an award under the 2015 Plan.

48


 

2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan

On October 25, 2016, our Board adopted the 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2016 Plan”) to, among other things, attract and retain the best available personnel, to provide additional incentive to employees, directors and consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business. On January 26, 2017, our stockholders approved the 2016 Plan, pursuant to which 2,500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock will be reserved for issuance under stock and stock option awards.  To date, the Company has issued 831,700 shares and 308,500 options to purchase shares of common stock and therefore has 1,359,800 remaining under this plan.

The Compensation Committee will administer the 2016 Plan. The Compensation Committee will have the authority, without limitation to (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the type or types of awards to be granted to a participant; (iii) determine the number of Common Shares to be covered by, or with respect to which payments, rights, or other matters are to be calculated in connection with, awards; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any award; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances awards may be settled or exercised in cash, Common Shares, other securities, other awards or other property, or canceled, forfeited, or suspended and the method or methods by which awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited, or suspended; (vi) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances the delivery of cash, common shares, other securities, other awards or other property and other amounts payable with respect to an award; (vii) interpret, administer, reconcile any inconsistency in, settle any controversy regarding, correct any defect in and/or complete any omission in this Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or award granted under, this Plan; (viii) establish, amend, suspend, or waive any rules and regulations and appoint such agents as the Compensation Committee shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of this Plan; (ix) accelerate the vesting or exercisability of, payment for or lapse of restrictions on, awards; and (x) make any other determination and take any other action that the Compensation Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of this Plan  The Compensation Committee will have full discretion to administer and interpret the 2016 Plan and to adopt such rules, regulations and procedures as it deems necessary or advisable and to determine, among other things, the time or times at which the awards may be exercised and whether and under what circumstances an award may be exercised.

Eligibility

Employees, directors, officers, advisors and consultants of the Company or its affiliates are eligible to participate in the 2016 Plan. The Compensation Committee has the sole and complete authority to determine who will be granted an award under the 2016 Plan, however, it may delegate such authority to one or more officers of the Company under the circumstances set forth in the 2016 Plan.

Number of Shares Authorized

The 2016 Plan provides for an aggregate of 2,500,000 shares of common stock to be available for awards. The Board and Committee selected this number of available shares in order to provide for awards to be granted for the 2017 and 2018 fiscal years assuming recent trends of awarding equity were to continue.

The 2016 Plan will have a term of ten years and no further awards may be granted under the 2016 Plan after that date.

Awards Available for Grant

The Compensation Committee may grant awards of Non-Qualified Stock Options, Incentive Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Bonus Awards, Performance Compensation Awards (including cash bonus awards) (each defined under the 2016 Plan) or any combination of the foregoing subject to the number of available shares. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the 2016 Plan, the Compensation Committee may not grant to any one participants under the plan in any one calendar year awards (i) for more than 400,000 Common Shares in the aggregate or (ii) payable in cash in an amount exceeding $750,000 in the aggregate.

Options

Under the terms of the 2016 Plan, unless the Compensation Committee determines otherwise in the case of an option substituted for another option in connection with a corporate transaction, the exercise price of the options will not be less than the fair market value (as determined under the 2016 Plan) of the shares of common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2016 Plan will be subject to such terms, including the exercise price and the conditions and timing of exercise, as may be determined by the Compensation Committee and specified in the applicable award agreement. The maximum term of an option granted under the 2016 Plan will be ten years from the date of grant (or five years in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a 10% stockholder).

49


 

Stock Appreciation Rights

The Compensation Committee will be authorized to award Stock Appreciation Rights (“SARs”) under the 2016 Plan. SARs will be subject to such terms and conditions as established by the Compensation Committee. A SAR is a contractual right that allows a participant to receive, either in the form of cash, shares or any combination of cash and shares, the appreciation, if any, in the value of a share over a certain period of time. A SAR granted under the 2016 Plan may be granted in tandem with an option and SARs may also be awarded to a participant independent of the grant of an option. SARs granted in connection with an option shall be subject to terms similar to the option which corresponds to such SARs. SARs shall be subject to terms established by the Compensation Committee and reflected in the award agreement.

Restricted Stock

The Compensation Committee will be authorized to award restricted stock under the 2016 Plan. Unless otherwise provided by the Compensation Committee and specified in an award agreement, restrictions on restricted stock will lapse after three years of service with the Company. The Compensation Committee will determine the terms of such restricted stock awards. Shares of restricted stock are shares of common stock that generally are non-transferable and subject to other restrictions determined by the Compensation Committee for a specified period. Unless the Compensation Committee determines otherwise or specifies otherwise in an award agreement, if the participant terminates employment or services during the restricted period, then any unvested restricted stock will be forfeited.

Restricted Stock Unit Awards

The Compensation Committee will be authorized to award restricted stock unit awards under the 2016 Plan. Unless otherwise provided by the Compensation Committee and specified in an award agreement, restricted stock units vest after three years of service with the Company. The Compensation Committee will determine the terms of such restricted stock units. Unless the Compensation Committee determines otherwise or specifies otherwise in an award agreement, if the participant terminates employment or services during the period of time over which all or a portion of the units are to be earned, then any unvested units will be forfeited. At the election of the Compensation Committee, the participant will receive a number of shares of common stock equal to the number of units earned or an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of that number of shares at the expiration of the period over which the units are to be earned or at a later date selected by the Compensation Committee.

Stock Bonus Awards

The Compensation Committee will be authorized to grant awards of unrestricted shares of common stock or other awards denominated in shares of common stock, either alone or in tandem with other awards, under such terms and conditions as the Compensation Committee may determine.

Performance Compensation Awards

The Compensation Committee will be authorized to grant any award under the 2016 Plan in the form of a performance compensation awards. The Compensation Committee will select the performance criteria based on one or more of the following factors: (i) revenue; (ii) sales; (iii) profit (net profit, gross profit, operating profit, economic profit, profit margins or other corporate profit measures); (iv) earnings (EBIT, EBITDA, earnings per share, or other corporate earnings measures); (v) net income (before or after taxes, operating income or other income measures); (vi) cash (cash flow, cash generation or other cash measures); (vii) stock price or performance; (viii) total stockholder return (stock price appreciation plus reinvested dividends divided by beginning share price); (ix) economic value added; (x) return measures (including, but not limited to, return on assets, capital, equity, investments or sales, and cash flow return on assets, capital, equity, or sales); (xi) market share; (xii) improvements in capital structure; (xiii) expenses (expense management, expense ratio, expense efficiency ratios or other expense measures); (xiv) business expansion or consolidation (acquisitions and divestitures); (xv) internal rate of return or increase in net present value; (xvi) working capital targets relating to inventory and/or accounts receivable; (xvii) inventory management; (xviii) service or product delivery or quality; (xix) customer satisfaction; (xx) employee retention; (xxi) safety standards; (xxii) productivity measures; (xxiii) cost reduction measures; and/or (xxiv) strategic plan development and implementation.

Transferability

Each award may be exercised during the participant’s lifetime only by the participant or, if permissible under applicable law, by the participant’s guardian or legal representative.  No award may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company; provided that the

50


 

designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute an assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance. The Compensation Committee, however, may permit awards (other than incentive stock options) to be transferred to family members, a trust for the benefit of such family members, a partnership or limited liability company whose partners or stockholders are the participant and his or her family members or anyone else approved by it.

Amendment

The 2016 Plan will have a term of ten years from the effective date of the 2016 Plan. The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the 2016 Plan at any time; however, shareholder approval to amend the 2016 Plan may be necessary if applicable law or listing rule so requires. No amendment, suspension or termination will impair the rights of any participant or recipient of any award without the consent of the participant or recipient.

Change in Control

Except to the extent otherwise provided in an award, in the event of a change in control, all outstanding options and equity awards (other than performance compensation awards) issued under the 2016 Plan will become fully vested or the period of restriction will expire and performance compensation awards vest, as determined by the Compensation Committee, based on the level of attainment of the specified performance goals or assuming that that the applicable “target” levels of performance have been obtained or on such other basis as determined by the Compensation Committee.

    

Long-Term Incentive Plan

In May 2016, the Board approved the 2016 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2016 LTIP”). This plan was approved by our stockholders on January 26, 2017.

The material features of the 2016 LTIP are:

 

The maximum number of shares of common stock to be issued under the 2016 LTIP is 1,300,000 shares;

 

The award of performance units is permitted;

 

The term of the 2016 LTIP will expire on December 31, 2018 (unless terminated earlier) at the end of the 2016 LTIP’s performance period.

The shares we issue under the 2016 LTIP will be authorized but unissued shares.  The Board selected 1,300,000 shares to adequately motivate the participants and drive performance for the period.  

2016 LTIP Administration

The 2016 LTIP will be administered by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee has full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for awards, the individuals to whom awards will be granted, and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of the 2016 LTIP.

Eligibility

Persons eligible to participate in the 2016 LTIP will be those officers, employees, consultants and independent contractors of the Company and its subsidiaries as selected from time to time by the Compensation Committee in its discretion. The Compensation Committee has full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for awards, the individuals to whom awards will be granted, and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of the 2016 LTIP.

Amendment and Termination  

The Board may, without shareholder approval, modify, revise or terminate the 2016 LTIP at any time and from time to time.  The Board will seek shareholder approval to increase the amount of shares of common stock which may be issued under the 2016 LTIP or to make any “material amendment” to the 2016 LTIP.  Unless the Board elects to terminate the 2016 LTIP earlier, the 2016 LTIP will terminate on December 31, 2018.

51


 

Performance Units

The 2016 LTIP permits the granting of performance units to participants under the 2016 LTIP.  The award agreement will set forth the number of performance units granted to a participant.  The number of shares issued under an award is determined by multiplying the number of performance units granted to the participant by the vesting rate which is determined by measuring the market cap of the Company   As amended by the Compensation Committee on October, 25, 2016, the below chart summarizes the relationship between performance and the vesting rate for the performance units.   

 

2018 Market Cap

Vesting Rate

Upto $54.6M

0.00%

From $54.6M to below $82M

25.00%

From $82M to below $109.3M

41.67%

From $109.3M to below $136.6M

66.67%

At $136.6M or above

100.00%

 

If earned, shares of common stock will be issued to a participant within 30 days after the end of the performance period (December 31, 2018) and in no event later than March 15, 2019; provided, that the participant has been continuously employed, as applicable, with the Company through the date of issuance of the shares of common stock.  If a participant terminates employment for any reason with the Company before the issuance of the shares described above, the award will be cancelled and forfeited, unless the Compensation Committee elects for special treatment.

The estimated fair value of the 2016 LTIP plan based on third party valuation is $136,000. At December 31, 2016, the Company has recorded $53,000 in compensation expense associated with the 2016 LTIP. As of December 31, 2016, 1,002,265 units had been issued.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.

Trilogy Capital Partners Agreement

The Company’s former employee, Vice Chairman, President and Secretary, Alfonso J. Cervantes, is the majority owner of Trilogy Capital Partners, Inc. (“Trilogy”). Effective December 31, 2014, Mr. Cervantes voluntarily resigned from his positions with the Company and subsidiaries.  The Company entered into an Advisory Agreement with Trilogy (the “Advisory Agreement”), effective as of January 1, 2015, pursuant to which Trilogy may provide advisory services, if requested by the Company, for a period of 12 months. Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, the Company agreed to, among other things: (a) pay Trilogy $300, in equal monthly installments; and (b) issue to Trilogy two hundred fifty thousand (250,000) common stock shares on or before January 30, 2015; and (c) grant to Trilogy twenty-five thousand (25,000) common stock shares, in complete settlement of any past due fees and costs owed to Trilogy. The Advisory Agreement terminated on December 31, 2015.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES.

The aggregate fees billed for the Transition Period, years ended May 31, 2016 and 2015 for professional services rendered by the principal accountant, RBSM LLP are as follows:

 

 

 

Transition Period

ended December 31,

 

 

Years ended May 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Audit Fees

 

$

187

 

 

$

259

 

 

$

195

 

Audit Related Fees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax Fees

 

 

4

 

 

 

144

 

 

 

164

 

All Other Fees

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

58

 

Total

 

$

191

 

 

$

417

 

 

$

417

 

 

52


 

Audit Fees were for professional services necessary to perform an annual audit of the financial statements, review of quarterly reports and other services required to be performed by our independent auditors.

Audit-Related Fees, if incurred, were for services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of our financial statements including the support of business acquisition and divestiture activities, independent assessment of controls related to outsourcing services, audit and review of certain benefit-related programs.

Tax Fees were for tax compliance, tax planning, and tax advice. Corporate tax services encompass a variety of permissible services, including technical tax advice related to United States and international tax matters; assistance with foreign income and withholding tax matters, assistance with sales tax, value added tax and equivalent tax related matters in local jurisdictions; preparation of reports to comply with local tax authority transfer pricing documentation requirements; and assistance with tax audits.

Other Fees were for financial statement audits of acquired and targeted companies as well as review of registration statements.

Pre-Approval Policies and Procedure for Audit Services

The audit committee has developed policies and procedures regarding the approval of all services that are to be rendered by our independent registered public accounting firm, as permitted under applicable laws, and the corresponding fees for such services. Consistent with these policies and procedures, all audit services and non-audit services and all fees associated with such services performed by our independent registered public accounting firm in the transition period, year ended 2016 and 2015 were pre-approved by audit committee.

 

 

53


 

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this report:

(1) Financial Statements and Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, which are set forth in the index to Consolidated Financial Statements on pages F-1 through F-42 of this report.

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

F-1

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

F-2

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

F-3

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

 

F-4

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

 

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

F-10

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-11 to F-54

 

(2) Financial Statement Schedule: None.

54


 

(3) Exhibits

 

Exhibit

No.

 

Description

3.1

 

Articles of Incorporation (1)

3.2

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws (2)

3.3

 

Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation (3)

3.4

 

Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation (4)

3.5

 

Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation (5)

3.6

 

Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series A Preferred Stock (6)

3.7

 

Certificate of Change to Effect a 1-10 Reverse Stock Split effective September 17, 2015 (7)

3.8

 

Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series B Preferred Stock (8)

3.9

 

Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series C Preferred Stock (9)

3.10

 

Amendment to Certificate of Designation After Issuance of Class or Series increasing the number of authorized Series C Preferred Stock (10)

3.11

 

Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series D Preferred Stock (11)

3.12

 

Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series E-1 Preferred Stock (12)

3.13

 

Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series E-2 Preferred Stock (13)

3.14

 

Certificate of Correction for the Series D Preferred Stock, dated January 25, 2017 (14)

3.15

 

Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation, effective January 26, 2017 (15)

4.1

 

Form of Promissory Note (16)

4.2

 

Form of Warrant (17)

4.3

 

Form of Subscription Agreement (18)

4.4

 

Form of Warrant (19)

4.5

 

Form of Series A Bond (20)

4.6

 

Form of Warrant (21)

4.7

 

Revolving Loan Note issued pursuant to PRS Credit Agreement (22)

4.8

 

Registration Rights Agreement (23)

4.9

 

Debenture issued pursuant to Securities Purchase Agreement (24)

4.10

 

A Warrant issued pursuant to Securities Purchase Agreement (25)

4.11

 

B Warrant issued pursuant to Securities Purchase Agreement (26)

4.12

 

Three Year Note issued pursuant to Equity Purchase Agreement (27)

4.13

 

Two Year Note issued pursuant to Equity Purchase Agreement (28)

4.14

 

Form of Six Month Promissory Note (29)

4.15

 

Offer to Exchange Common Stock for Certain Outstanding Warrants (30)

4.16

 

Subordinated Secured Note issued to Jackson Investment Group LLC (31)

4.17

 

Warrant issued to Jackson Investment Group LLC (32)

4.18

 

April Note, dated April 5, 2017, issued to Jackson Investment Group LLC (33)

10.1

 

Assignment of Employment Agreement by and between TRIG Capital Partners, LLC and the Company, dated February 21, 2012 (34)

55


 

Exhibit

No.

 

Description

10.2

 

Form of Note Purchase Agreement (35)

10.3

 

Acquisition Agreement by and among IDC Technologies, Inc., Prateek Gattani and the Company, dated February 11, 2013 (36)

10.4

 

Employment Agreement with Alfonso J. Cervantes dated February 15, 2013 (37)

10.5

 

Letter Agreement by and among the Company and Chord Advisors, LLC dated February 15, 2013 (38)

10.6

 

Advisory Agreement by and among the Company and Grandview Capital Partners, Inc. dated February 16, 2013 (39)

10.7

 

Corporate Services Agreement by and between Pylon Management, Inc. and the Company dated February 14, 2013 (40)

10.8

 

Advisory Agreement by and between the Company and Joshua Capital, LLC dated February 15, 2013 (41)

10.9

 

Form of Subscription Agreement (42)

10.10

 

Stock Purchase Agreement by and among the Company, The Revolution Group, Ltd. and the shareholders of The Revolution Group, Ltd. dated March 21, 2013 (43)

10.11

 

Employment Agreement between the Company and Mark Aiello dated March 21, 2013 (44)

10.12

 

Stock Purchase Agreement by and among the Company, NewCSI, Inc. and the shareholders of NewCSI, Inc. dated August 14, 2013 (45)

10.13

 

Share Purchase Agreement, dated October 30, 2013, by and among Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. and the shareholders of Initio International Holdings Limited (46)

10.14

 

Amendment No. 1 to the Share Purchase Agreement, dated December 10, 2013, by and among Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. and the shareholders of Initio International Holdings Limited (47)

10.15

 

Form of Promissory Note (48)

10.16

 

Form of Deed of Warranties (49)

10.17

 

Disclosure Letter (50)

10.18

 

Form of Deed of Restrictive Covenant by and between Brendan Flood and the Company (51)

10.19

 

Form of Deed of Restrictive Covenant by and between Matthew Briand and the Company (52)

10.20

 

Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement, dated December 31, 2013, by and among Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. and Alfonso J. Cervantes (53)

10.21

 

Employment Agreement, dated December 31, 2013, by and among Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. and Allan Hartley (54)

10.22

 

Employment Agreement, dated January 3, 2014, by and among Monroe Staffing Services, LLC and Matthew Briand (55)

10.23

 

Employment Agreement, dated January 3, 2014, by and among Staffing 360 Solutions Limited (f/k/a Initio International Holdings Limited) and Brendan Flood (56)

10.24

 

Asset Purchase Agreement, by and among Staffing 360 Solutions (UK) Limited, Poolia UK Ltd. and Poolia UK (57)

10.25

 

Stock Purchase Agreement, by and among Linda Moraski, PeopleSERVE, Inc., PeopleSERVE PRS, Inc. and the Company, dated May 17, 2014 (58)

10.26

 

Form of Promissory Note (59)

10.27

 

Form of Employment Agreement with PS (60)

10.28

 

Form of Employment Agreement with PRS (61)

10.29

 

Form of Noncompetition Agreement (62)

10.30

 

Amended and Restated Credit and Security Agreement, by and among Monroe Staffing Services, LLC, PeopleSERVE, Inc., and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, dated July 25, 2014. (63)

10.31

 

Employment Agreement, dated July 29, 2014, by and between the Jeff R. Mitchell and the Company (64)

10.32

 

2014 Equity Compensation Plan (65)

10.33

 

Form of Series A Bond Purchase Agreement (66)

10.34

 

Share Purchase Agreement, dated February 27, 2015, between the Company, Cyber 360, Inc. and Mark P. Aiello, Michael A. Consolazio and Heather D. Haughey (67)

10.35

 

Credit and Security Agreement, dated April 8, 2015, by and among PeopleSERVE, Inc. and Monroe Staffing Services, LLC, as borrowers, the Company, as a credit party, MidCap Financial Trust, as agent and lender, and certain other lenders as the case may be (68)

10.36

 

Credit and Security Agreement, dated April 8, 2015, by and among PeopleSERVE PRS, Inc., as borrower, MidCap Financial Trust, as agent and lender, and certain other lenders as the case may be (69)

10.37

 

Securities Purchase Agreement, dated July 8, 2015, by and among the Company, Hillair Capital Investments L.P, and each purchaser identified on the signature pages thereto (70)

10.38

 

Security Agreement, dated July 8, 2015, by and among the Company, certain U.S. subsidiaries of the Company, and each purchaser identified on the signature pages thereto (71)

10.39

 

Equity Purchase Agreement, dated July 8, 2015, by and among the Company, Lighthouse Placement Services, LLC, and Alison Fogel and David Fogel (72)

10.40

 

Employment Agreement, dated July 8, 2015, by and between Alison Fogel and Lighthouse Placement Services, LLC (73)

56


 

Exhibit

No.

 

Description

10.41

 

Employment Agreement, dated July 8, 2015, by and between David Fogel and Lighthouse Placement Services, LLC (74)

10.42

 

Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement, dated July 8, 2015, by Alison and David Fogel for the benefit of the Company and Lighthouse Placement Services, LLC (75)

10.43

 

Amendment No. 2 to the Credit and Security Agreement, effective August 31, 2015, by and among PeopleSERVE, Inc., Monroe Staffing Services, LLC, Faro Recruitment America, Inc. and Lighthouse Placement Services, LLC as borrowers, the Company, as a credit party, MidCap Financial Trust, as agent and lender, and certain other lenders as the case may be (76)

10.44

 

Amendment No. 1 to the Credit and Security Agreement, effective August 31, 2015, by and among PeopleSERVE PRS, Inc. as borrower, MidCap Financial Trust, as agent and lender, and certain other lenders as the case may be (77)

10.45

 

2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (78)

10.46

 

Form of Amendment No. 1 to 12% Series B Convertible Bond (79)

10.47

 

Form of Amendment No. 1A to 12% Series B Convertible Bond (80)

10.48

 

Form of Amendment No. 1B to 12% Series B Convertible Bond (81)

10.49

 

Purchase Agreement, dated November 4, 2015, by and among Longbridge Recruitment 360 Limited, Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. and the Sellers named therein (82)

10.50

 

Form of Purchase Agreement by and among Longbridge Recruitment 360 Limited, Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. and Minority Shareholder (83)

10.51

 

Securities Purchase Agreement dated April 3, 2016 (84)

10.52

 

Placement Agency Agreement dated April 1, 2016, between the Company and Joseph Gunnar & Co., LLC (85)

10.53

 

Securities Purchase Agreement dated June 24, 2016, by and between the Company and the Purchasers of the Series D Preferred Stock (86)

10.54

 

Placement Agency Agreement dated June 23, 2016, between the Company and Source Capital Group, Inc. (87)

10.55

 

Letter Agreement, dated October 3, 2016, between the Company and Hillair Capital Investments L.P. (88)

10.56

 

Amended Letter Agreement, dated October 14, 2016, between the Company and Hillair Capital Investments L.P., and described in the Company’s Form 8-K/A filed on October 20, 2016 (89)

10.57

 

Amendment Agreement, dated January 3, 2017, between the Company and Hillair Capital Investments L.P. (90)

10.58

 

2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan (91)

10.59

 

2016 Long Term Incentive Plan (92)

10.60

 

Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated January 25, 2017, by and among the Company, Jackson Investment Group LLC and the Subsidiary Guarantors (93)

10.61

 

Warrant Agreement, dated January 25, 2017, by and among the Company and Jackson Investment Group LLC (94)

10.62

 

Security Agreement, dated January 25, 2017, by and among the Company, Jackson Investment Group LLC and the U.S. Subsidiary Guarantors (95)

10.63

 

Pledge Agreement, dated January 25, 2017 by and the Company, Jackson Investment Group LLC and the U.S. Subsidiary Guarantors (96)

10.64

 

Subordination Agreement, dated January 25, 2017, by and among Midcap Funding X Trust, Jackson Investment Group LLC, the Company and the U.S. Subsidiary Guarantors (97)

10.65

 

Amended Warrant Agreement, dated March 14, 2017, between the Company and Jackson Investment Group LLC (98)

10.66

 

Amended Purchase Agreement, dated April 5, 2017, by and among the Company, Jackson Investment Group LLC and certain subsidiaries of the Company (99)

10.67

 

Second Amendment, dated April 5, 2017, by and among the Company and Jackson Investment Group LLC (100)

10.68

 

Amended Subordination Agreement, dated April 5, 2017, by and among Midcap Funding X Trust, Jackson Investment Group LLC, the Company and certain subsidiaries of the Company (101)

10.69

 

Amended SPA, dated April 5, 2017, by and among the Company and the holder of the Series D Shares (102)

10.70*

 

Employment Agreement with David Faiman dated February 5, 2016

21.1*

 

Subsidiaries of Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.

23.1*

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

31.1*

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

31.2*

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.1#

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

101.INS

 

XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH

 

XBRL Taxonomy Schema

57


 

Exhibit

No.

 

Description

101.CAL

 

XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase

101.DEF

 

XBRL Taxonomy Definition Linkbase

101.LAB

 

XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase

101.PRE

 

XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase

 

*

 

Filed herewith

 

 

 

#

 

Furnished herewith. A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 

 

 

(1)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on September 2, 2010.

(2)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report, filed with the SEC on August 4, 2014.

(3)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 20, 2012.

(4)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.4 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on July 31, 2015.

(5)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.5 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on July 31, 2015.

(6)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 4, 2015.

(7)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 17, 2015.

(8)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on December 31, 2015.

(9)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 7, 2016.

(10)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 22, 2016.

(11)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 27, 2016.

(12)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on January 13, 2017.

(13)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on January 13, 2017.

(14)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 27, 2017.

(15)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 27, 2017.

(16)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 7, 2013.

(17)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 24, 2013.

(18)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 7, 2014.

(19)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 7, 2014.

(20)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 4, 2014.

(21)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 8, 2015.

(22)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 8, 2015.

(23)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 4.6 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 8, 2015.

(24)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 14, 2015.

(25)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 14, 2015.

(26)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 14, 2015.

(27)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 14, 2015.

(28)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 14, 2015.

(29)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on November 10, 2015.

(30)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit (A)(1)(A) to the Company’s Form SC TO-1, filed with the SEC on March 29, 2016.

(31)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 30, 2017.

(32)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 30, 2017.

(33)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 6, 2017.

(34)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on September 13, 2012.

(35)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 7, 2013.

(36)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 13, 2013.

(37)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 20, 2013.

(38)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 20, 2013.

(39)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 20, 2013.

(40)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 20, 2013.

(41)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 20, 2013.

(42)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 24, 2013.

(43)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 2, 2013.

(44)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on May 2, 2013.

(45)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 19, 2013.

(46)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 7, 2014.

(47)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 7, 2014.

(48)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 7, 2014.

58


 

(49)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 7, 2014.

(50)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 7, 2014.

(51)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 7, 2014.

(52)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 7, 2014.

(53)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 7, 2014.

(54)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 7, 2014.

(55)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 7, 2014.

(56)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 7, 2014.

(57)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.26 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on September 15, 2014.

(58)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on May 20, 2014.

(59)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on May 20, 2014.

(60)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on May 20, 2014.

(61)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on May 20, 2014.

(62)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on May 20, 2014.

(63)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.32 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on September 15, 2014.

(64)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.33 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on September 15, 2014.

(65)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.35 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on September 15, 2014.

(66)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 4, 2014.

(67)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 5, 2015.

(68)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 9, 2015.

(69)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 9, 2015.

(70)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 14, 2015.

(71)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 14, 2015.

(72)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 14, 2015.

(73)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 14, 2015.

(74)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 14, 2015.

(75)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 14, 2015.

(76)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 4, 2015.

(77)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 4, 2015.

(78)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form S-8, filed with the SEC on October 2, 2015.

(79)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on November 5, 2015.

(80)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on November 5, 2015.

(81)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on November 5, 2015.

(82)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on November 10, 2015.

(83)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on November 10, 2015.

(84)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 7, 2016.

(85)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 7, 2016.

(86)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 27, 2016.

(87)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 27, 2016.

(88)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on October 7, 2016.

(89)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on January 13, 2017, and described in the Company’s Form 8-K/A filed on October 20, 2016.

(90)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 5, 2017.

(91)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 27, 2017 (through an incorporation by reference from Appendix D to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, filed on December 21, 2016).

(92)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 27, 2017 (through an incorporation by reference from Appendix E to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, filed on December 21, 2016).

(93)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2017.

(94)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2017.

(95)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2017.

(96)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2017.

(97)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2017.

(98)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 20, 2017.

(99)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 6, 2017.

(100)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 6, 2017.

(101)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 6, 2017.

(102)

 

Previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 6, 2017.

 

 

59


 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

Date: April 12, 2017

 

By:

 

/s/ Brendan Flood

 

 

 

 

Brendan Flood

 

 

 

 

Executive Chairman

 

 

 

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

Date: April 12, 2017

 

By:

 

/s/ David Faiman

 

 

 

 

David Faiman

 

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

(Principal Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting Officer)

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Brendan Flood

 

Executive Chairman and Director

 

April 12, 2017

Brendan Flood

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Matthew Briand

 

Chief Executive Officer, President and Director

 

April 12, 2017

Matthew Briand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Dimitri Villard

 

Director

 

April 12, 2017

Dimitri Villard

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Nicholas Florio

 

Director

 

April 12, 2017

Nicholas Florio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jeff Grout

 

Director

 

April 12, 2017

Jeff Grout

 

 

 

 

 

 

60